Contents

Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 560
1 of 560

Summary of Content for Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual PDF

OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub- lication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip- tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

F2

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per- formance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limit- ed warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifi- cations may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with an electric traction motor and other electronic components. It is pos- sible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect elec- tronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as DAN- GER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

NOTICE

WARNING

F3

Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:

Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com

Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

F4

INTRODUCTION

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of dis- cerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's con- trols and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recom- mended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI deal- ers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor- tant operating, safety and maintenance information.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Copyright 2018 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.

Severe vehicle damage may result from the use of poor quality lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI spec- ifications.You must always use high quality lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

F5

1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts? HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, per- formance, and reliability for our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts? HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imita- tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty. In addition, any damage to or fail- ure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or fail- ure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur- chasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts? Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below). HYUNDAI Genuine Parts export- ed to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English. HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

F6

Introduction

We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter. To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabet- ical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found. For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safe- ty precautions and operating proce- dures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle. Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks. Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.

This is the safety alert sym- bol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury haz- ards. Obey all safety mes- sages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert sym- bol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING

SAFETY MESSAGES

F7

Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

For the optimal vehicle performance, we recommend you to use the hydro- gen fuel which complies with your local regulatory agency standard (purity, maximum concentration of impurities, etc.).

This vehicle should not be modi- fied. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emis- sions regulations. In addition, damage or perform- ance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.

If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

NOTICE

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moder- ate injury.

CAUTION

VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS

F8

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety sys- tems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your

vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was travel- ing.

These data can help provide a bet- ter understanding of the circum- stances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of per- sonally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga- tion. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Items contained in motor vehi- cles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: Gasoline and its vapors Engine exhaust Used engine oil Interior passenger compart-

ment components and materi- als

Component parts which are subject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, termi- nals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

WARNING

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Safety System of Your Vehicle

Convenient Features of Your Vehicle

Multimedia System

Driving Your Vehicle

What to Do in an Emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Index

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Your vehicle at a glance

1

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior Overview..................................................1-2 Interior Overview ...................................................1-4 Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5 Fuel Cell Power Module Compartment ...............1-6

1-2

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Hood......................................................3-42

2. Headlamp ....................................3-89, 7-58

3. Turn signal/daytime running lamp/ position lamp ........................................7-58

4. Tires and wheels............................7-29, 8-4

5. Side view mirror ....................................3-31

6. Sunroof..................................................3-37

7. Front windshield wiper ..............3-101, 7-24

8. Windows ................................................3-33

OFE018001N

Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-3

Your vehicle at a glance

1

1. Doors ....................................................3-11

2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-55

3. Rear lamps............................................7-59

4. Backup lamp..........................................7-59

5. Liftgate ..................................................3-43

6. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-59

7. Rear window defroster ........................3-160

8. Rear view monitor ..............................3-108

9. Antenna ..................................................4-2

10. Rear window wiper ..................3-103, 7-26 OFE018002N

Rear view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-4

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ................................3-14

2. Side view mirror folding switch ..............3-32

3. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-31

4. Central door lock switch ........................3-15

5. Power window lock switch......................3-36

6. Power window switches ........................3-33

7. Instrument panel illumination control switch ........................................3-59

8. ESC OFF button ....................................5-31

9. Fuel filler door opener button ................3-55

10. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ....5-79

11. Blind-spot Collision-avoidance Assist (BCA) system ............................5-53

12. Power liftgate button ............................3-45

13. 12V battery reset button ........................6-5

14. Steering wheel tilt/telescope lever ......3-21

15. Steering wheel ....................................3-20

16. Seat........................................................2-4

17. Hood release lever ..............................3-42

18. Power outlet, USB charger ....3-165, 3-168

OFE018003

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-5

Your vehicle at a glance

1 1. Instrument cluster....................................3-58

2. Horn ........................................................3-21

3. Driver's front air bag ................................2-49

4. POWER button ..........................................5-6

5. Light control ............................................3-89

6. Wiper/Washer ........................................3-101

7. Navigation system ............Navigation manual

8. Hazard warning flasher ............................6-2

9. Climate control system ..........................3-146

10. Passenger's front air bag ......................2-49

11. Glove box ............................................3-162

12. USB and iPod port ................................4-2

13. Reduction gear (Shift button) ................5-11

14. Drive mode button ................................5-37

15. Surround view monitor ........................3-109

16. Parking Distance Warning button ........3-105

17. Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) button ..................................................3-112

18. DIS controller ..................Navigation manual

19. Cup holder ..........................................3-163

20. Steering wheel audio controls ................4-3

21. Trip computer/ ........................................3-85 Smart cruise controls/ ..........................5-99

OFE018004

1-6

Your vehicle at a glance

FUEL CELL POWER MODULE COMPARTMENT

1. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-19

2. Air cleaner.........................................7-20

3. Fuse box ...........................................7-53

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-20

5. Device cooling coolant reservoir.......7-13

6. Device cooling radiator cap ..............7-14

7. Stack cooling coolant reservoir.........7-17

8. Stack cooling radiator cap ................7-17

OFE078001 The actual Fuel cell power module compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Safety system of your vehicle

Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2 Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2 Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2 Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2 Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2 Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3

Seats ........................................................................2-4 Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5 Front Seats .........................................................................2-6 Rear Seats.........................................................................2-10 Head Restraints ...............................................................2-13 Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-17

Seat Belts ..............................................................2-21 Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-21 Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-22 Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-24 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-32 Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-35

Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-36 Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-36 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-37 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-39

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...2-47

Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-49 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-52 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-57 Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-58 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-60 SRS Care............................................................................2-60 Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-60 Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-60 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-63 SRS Care............................................................................2-68 Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-69 Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-69

Active Hood Lift System .....................................2-70 System activation............................................................2-70 System limitation .............................................................2-71 System malfunction........................................................2-72

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work. Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

2

2-2

You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.

Always Wear Your Seat Belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain All Children All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.

Air Bag Hazards While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not prop- erly restrained. Infants, young chil- dren, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instruc- tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver Distraction Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, espe- cially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones. Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driv- ing. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident: ALWAYS set up your mobile

devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Safety system of your vehicle

2-3

Safety system of your vehicle

ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.

NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

Control Your Speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current condi- tions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition Having a tire blowout or a mechani- cal failure can be extremely haz- ardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pres- sures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

2

2-4

Safety system of your vehicle

SEATS

OFE038001

Front seats (1) Seat sliding forward or rearward (2) Seatback angle adjustment (3) Seat cushion angle adjustment (4) Lumbar support adjustment

(Drivers seat)* (5) Seat warmer / Air ventilation seat* (6) Head restraint

Rear seats (7) Armrest (8) Seatback angle and folding adjust-

ment (9) Head restraint (10) Seat warmer*

* : if equipped

2-5

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Safety Precautions Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an acci- dent.

Air bags You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recom- mends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.

Seat belts Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip. At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and chil- dren who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the seat belts.

Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre- cautions: Adjust the driver's seat as far

to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle.

Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as pos- sible.

Hold the steering wheel by the rim with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.

NEVER place anything or any- one between the steering wheel and the air bag.

Do not allow the front passen- ger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.

WARNING

2-6

Safety system of your vehicle

Front Seats

Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat: NEVER attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov- ing. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an acci- dent.

Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.

Do not allow anything to inter- fere with the normal position and proper locking of the seat- back.

Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.

WARNING

To prevent injury:

Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion for- ward may cause strong pres- sure on your abdomen.

Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the cen- ter console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.

Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt: NEVER use one seat belt for

more than one occupant. Always position the seatback

upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.

NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a pas- senger's lap.

Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.

Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.

WARNING

2-7

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Power adjustment The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel.

To prevent damage to the seats: Always stop adjusting the seats

when the seat has moved as far forward or rearward as possible.

Do not adjust the seats for longer than necessary when the vehicle is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain.

Do not operate two or more seats at the same time.This may result in an electrical malfunc- tion.

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

NOTICE

OFE038002NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the vehicle is turned off.

WARNING

2-8

Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback angle

To adjust the seatback: 1. Rotate the top of control switch

forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat-

back reaches the desired position.

Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dan- gerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passengers hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.

NEVER ride with a reclined seat- back when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

OFE038003

2-9

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Seat cushion tilt

To change the angle of the front part of the seat cushion: Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

Seat cushion height

To change the height of the seat cushion: Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

Lumbar support (for driver's seat)

The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch. Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.

OFE038005OFE038004

2-10

Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger's seatback.

Rear Seats Rear seat adjustment

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback: 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever. 2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-

back of the seat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place.

(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)

Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.

CAUTION

OFE038016N

To prevent the Occupant Classification System from mal- functioning: Do not hang onto the front pas- senger's seatback.

WARNING

OFE038012

2-11

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback: 1. Set the front seatback to the

upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.

2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position by pushing and holding the release button (1) and pushing down on the headrest (2).

3. Locate the seatbelt toward the outboard position before folding down the seatback. If not, the seatbelt system may be interfered by the seatback.

OFE038014

OFE038015

Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.

Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide for- ward and cause injury or dam- age during sudden stops.

WARNING

2-12

Safety system of your vehicle

4. Put out the belt from guide (1) and pull up the seatback folding lever (2), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold the seatback to the upright posi- tion by pulling up the recline lever. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position. Insert the belt in the guide located on the side of the rear head restraints.

OFE038018N

Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death.

WARNING

When returning the rear seat- back from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seat- back. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move for- ward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING

OFE038016

OFE038017

2-13

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Armrest

The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Use the strap in the center of the armrest to pull it down.

Head Restraints The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.

OFE038019

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints: Always properly adjust the

head restraints for all passen- gers BEFORE starting the vehicle.

NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraints removed or reversed.

WARNING

Make sure the vehicle is off, shifted to P(Park), and the park- ing brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.

WARNING

Be careful when loading cargo through the rear pas- senger seats to prevent dam- age to the vehicle interior.

When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving.

Unsecured cargo in the pas- senger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.

CAUTION

2-14

Safety system of your vehicle

To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.

Front seat head restraints

The vehicle's front and passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.

NOTICE

When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the headrest to the lowest position. The rear seat headrest can reduce the visibility of the rear area.

CAUTION

OOSEV038012L

Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.

NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the dri- ver's seat when the vehicle is in motion.

Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback.

Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.

OLF034072N

2-15

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position

(1).

To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the head restraint: 1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward

using the seatback angle lever/ switch (1).

2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go.

3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).

NOTICE

OLF034015

OFE038008OFE038006

2-16

Safety system of your vehicle

To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into

the holes while pressing the release button (1).

2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.

3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever/ switch (3).

Rear seat head restraints

The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.

OOSEV038030L

Adjust the headrests so the middle of the head restraints is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.

When seating on the rear seat, do not adjust the height of the head restraints to the lowest.

CAUTION

OFE038009

2-17

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the head restraint: 1. Raise the head restraint as far as

it can go. 2. Press the head restraint release

button (1) while pulling the head restraint up (2).

To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles into

the holes (3) while pressing the release button (1).

2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.

Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats Front seat warmers (if equipped) Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.

OFE038055L

The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time. Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed. People who cannot detect tem- perature change or pain to the skin should use extreme cau- tion, especially the following types of passengers: Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospital outpatients.

People with sensitive skin or who burn easily.

Fatigued individuals. Intoxicated individuals.

WARNING

OFE038013

2-18

Safety system of your vehicle

To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.

Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers.

Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer.

While the vehicle is ON, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat.

During mild weather or under condi- tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. Each time you push the switch, the

temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :

When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.

The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position each time the POWER button is turned to the ON position.

Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.

i

NOTICE

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

OFE038010

Type A

OFE038051

Type B

People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.

NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in oper- ation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, caus- ing a burn or damage to the seat.

WARNING

2-19

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Front air ventilation seat (if equipped)

The air ventilation seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the sur- face of the seat cushions and seat- backs. When the operation of the air ventila- tion seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. While the vehicle is ON, push the switch to cool the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

Each time you push the switch, the airflow changes as follows:

When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the air venti- lation seat operating, the operation will turn OFF.

The air ventilation seats defaults to the OFF position each time the POWER button is placed to the ON position.

To prevent damage to the air ven- tilation seat: Use the air ventilation seat ONLY

when the climate control system is on. Using the air ventilation seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat to malfunction.

Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.

Avoid spilling liquids on the sur- face of the front seats and seat- backs; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly.

Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly.

NOTICE

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

OFE038011

2-20

Safety system of your vehicle

Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the air ventilation seat.

If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Rear seat warmers (For CANADA)

While the vehicle is ON, pusheither of the switches to warm the rearseat. During mild weather or under condi- tions where the operation of the seat- warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.

Each time you push the switch, thetemperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the POWER button is placed to the ON position.

Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in theseat turns off oron automatically- depending on the seat temperature.

i

OFF HIGH ( ) LOW ( )

OFE038056L

2-21

Safety system of your vehicle

2

This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things to avoid when using seat belts.

Seat Belt Safety Precautions Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fas- tened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an addi- tional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.

SEAT BELTS

Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehi- cle is moving.Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: ALWAYS properly restrain

children under age 13 in the rear seats.

WARNING

NEVER allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possi- ble and properly restrain them in the seat.

NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupants lap.

NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.

Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.

Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back.

Always wear both the shoul- der portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.

Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.

Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is dam- aged.

Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.

NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control result- ing in an accident.

Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.

No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

2-22

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Warning Light Seat belt warning light

Driver's seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time the POWER button is turned ON regardless of belt fastening. At this time, if the seat belt is not fastened a warning chime will sound for 6 sec- onds. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.

If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 sec- onds and the corresponding warning light will blink. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: Frayed, contaminated, or dam-

aged webbing Damaged hardware The entire seat belt assembly

after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent

WARNING

OLMB033022

2-23

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Front passenger's seat belt warning

As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger's seat belt warn- ing lights will illuminate for approxi- mately 6 seconds each time the POWER button is turned ON position regardless of belt fastening.

If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 sec- onds and the corresponding warning light will blink. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

Information Although the front passenger seat is

not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.

Also, when the front passenger gets off the vehicle while the warning is activating, the warning may contin- ue for 6 seconds even after the pas- senger gets off.

The front passenger's seat belt warning light may not properly operate if the front passenger does not sit properly in the seat.

The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage, electronic device, etc. are placed on the front passenger seat.

i

OFE038020N

2-24

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Restraint System Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys- tem with emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

You should place the lap belt (1) por- tion across your hips and the shoul- der belt (2) portion across your chest. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

OHSS038101

Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident.Take the fol- lowing precautions when adjust- ing the seat belt: Position the lap portion of the

seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.

Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illus- tration.

Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.

Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

WARNING

OHSS038102L

2-25

Safety system of your vehicle

2

If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the three different positions for maximum comfort and safety. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near- est the door, not over your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

NOTICE

OFE038021 OHSS038103

2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3- point system with convertible locking retractor This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accom- modate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convert- ible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buck- le. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automati- cally adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips. When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installa- tion of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint System" section in this chapter.

Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protec- tion for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated pas- sengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor auto- matically locks the belt to help restrain your body. To deactivate the automatic lock- ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.

NOTICE

2-27

Safety system of your vehicle

2

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

To fasten the rear center seat belt

1. Extract the small tongue plate (A) from the slot on the belt assembly pocket located in the headliner.

2. Insert the small tongue plate (A) into the primary buckle (A') locat- ed on the right hand (passenger) side of the center seat. Insert the buckle until an audible "click" is heard, indicating that the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.

OHSS038103

OTLE035079

OFE038059L

2-28

Safety system of your vehicle

3. Slip the large tongue plate (B) out of the pocket (C) located on the belt assembly.

4. Pull the large tongue plate and insert it into the seat belt buckle (B') located on the left hand (driv- er) side of the center seat. Insert the buckle until an audible "click" is heard, indicating that the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.

When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used.

Information If you are not able to pull out the safe- ty belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

To release the rear center seat- belt

1. Press the release button on the rear center seat belt buckle (B') located on the left hand (driver) side of the center seat and remove the large tongue plate (B).

i

OFE038060L

OTL035031

OTLE035028

2-29

Safety system of your vehicle

2

2. To release and retract the rear center seatbelt assembly, insert a small tool or key into the primary buckle release hole (A') located on the right hand (passenger) side of the center seat. You can also insert the large buckle (B) into the release hole to release the seat belt assembly. Pull up on the seat belt webbing and allow the webbing to retract automatically.

3. Slip the large tongue plate (B) into the pocket (C) located on the belt assembly.

4. Insert the small tongue plate (A) into the slot on the belt assembly pocket located in the headliner.

OTLE035032

OFE038062N

OTLE035078

2-30

Safety system of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner and Emergency Fastening Device System). The purpose of the pre-ten- sioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The Emergency Fastening Device System may be activated in certain crashes where the frontal collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occu- pant's body.

(1) Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre- tensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in cer- tain frontal or side collision(s).

(2) Emergency Fastening Device System The purpose of the Emergency Fastening Device System is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupants lower body in certain frontal colli- sion(s).

If the system senses excessive ten- sion on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- tem activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.

Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not pro- tect you properly in an acci- dent.

Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.

Always replace your pre-ten- sioners after activation or an accident.

NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not hit the seat belt assem- blies.

WARNING

OTL035053

2-31

Safety system of your vehicle

2

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following com- ponents. Their locations are shown in the illustration above: 1. SRS air bag warning light 2. Retractor pre-tensioner 3. SRS control module 4. Emergency fastening device

The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instru- ment panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the POWER button is placed to the ON position, and then it should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illu- minate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.

NOTICE

OLMB033040/Q

Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-ten- sioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioners become hot and can burn you.

WARNING

2-32

Safety system of your vehicle

Both the driver's and front pas- senger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions or rollovers.

When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.

Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt. Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, rout- ed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt line so that it fits snugly and as low as pos- sible across the hips, not across the abdomen.

NOTICE

Fasten your seat belt while sitting properly in an upright position to maximize the effectiveness of the pre-ten- sioner seat belt system.

A pre-tensioner seat belt sys- tem is designed to activate only once. Replace the pre- tensioner seat belt system, if it was activated in an accident.

WARNING

A pregnant woman or a patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or acci- dent. If you are in an accident while pregnant, we recom- mend you consult your doc- tor.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.

WARNING

2-33

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Seat belt use and children Infant and small children

All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when prop- erly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certify- ing that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your childs height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an acci- dent will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.

WARNING

2-34

Safety system of your vehicle

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat must always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoul- der and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. Children are afforded the most safe- ty in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system and/or seat belts in the rear seat. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint. If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rear- most position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.

Transporting an injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific rec- ommendations.

One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dan- gerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.

Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.

NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the childs neck or face.

Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

2-35

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Care of Seat Belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addi- tion, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu- tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an acci- dent. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional ques- tions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.

Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of seri- ous or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.

Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-36

Safety system of your vehicle

Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to min- imize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, chil- dren are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided. All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/ weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be prop- erly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213). Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Always properly restrain chil- dren in the rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front pas- senger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.

WARNING

2-37

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Child restraint system (CRS) Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- ing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) When selecting a CRS for your child, always: Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).

Select a child restraint based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this infor- mation.

Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.

Read and comply with the warn- ings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.

Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.

If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of the respective seating posi- tion shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.

After an accident, have a HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.

An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system: NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen- ger's seat.

Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.

Always follow the child restraint system manufactur- er's instructions for installa- tion and use.

WARNING

2-38

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system types There are three main types of child restraint systems: rearward-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.

Rearward-facing child seats

A rearward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The har- ness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord. All children under age one must always ride in a rearward-facing infant child restraint. Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ- ically have higher height and weight limits for the rearward-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear- ward-facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rearward-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat man- ufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has out- grown the rearward-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a for- ward-facing child restraint with a har- ness.

OFE038023

NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passen- ger's seat. Placing a rearward-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

2-39

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forward- facing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraints manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forward- facing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the lap of your child. Keep your child in a booster seat until they are big enough to sit in the seat without a booster and still have the seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snug- ly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)

Before installing your child restraint system always: Read and follow the instruc-

tions provided by the manu- facturer of the child restraint.

Read and follow the instruc- tions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.

Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child seat system manual, the head- rest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

WARNING

OFE028004

2-40

Safety system of your vehicle

After selecting a proper child seat for your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manu- facturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle: Properly secure the child

restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system. If using the lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint, the convertible locking retractor should be pulled all the way out to engage the "automatic locking" mode. (See page 2-43.)

Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to- side movement can be expected.

Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufac- turer instructions.

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System) The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an acci- dent. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attach- ments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats. Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments. To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments. The child seat manufacturer will pro- vide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot.To prevent burns, check the seat- ing surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.

CAUTION

2-41

Safety system of your vehicle

2

LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the cen- ter rear seating position.

[1] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator, [2] : Lower Anchor

The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration). The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.

Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seat- ing position.There are no LATCH anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.

WARNING

OOSEV038012 OFE038027N

2-42

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions: 1. Move the seat belt buckle away

from the lower anchors. 2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instruc- tions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.

The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg). How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight: Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)

NOTICE

Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system: Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with your child restraint system.

To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.

NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.

Always have the LATCH sys- tem inspected by your author- ized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.

WARNING

2-43

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufactur- er recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor. Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.

To install the tether anchor: 1. Route the child restraint tether

strap over the child restraint seat- back. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the teth- er strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.

3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat for- ward-and-back and side-to-side.

Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with your child restraint system.

NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single teth- er anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.

Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the cor- rect tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.

Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harness- es, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

WARNING

OFE038026

OFE038025

2-44

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer- gency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint. The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from caus- ing the seat belt to loosen and com- promise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle. Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

OLMB033044

OFE038024

2-45

Safety system of your vehicle

2

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/ shoul- der belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. Make sure to insert the belt into the guide(1).

When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3- point system" section in this chapter.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the dis- tinct "click" sound.

Information Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out.When the shoul- der portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.

i

NOTICE OLMB033045 OLMB033097

2-46

Safety system of your vehicle

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratch- eting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.

When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

NOTICE

If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops sud- denly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.

WARNING

OLMB033098

2-47

Safety system of your vehicle

2

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OFE038028

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver's front air bag

2. Passenger's front air bag

3. Side air bag

4. Curtain air bag

2-48

Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats. The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving. You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates. NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries. ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi- tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com- fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

WARNING

2-49

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Where Are the Air Bags? Driver's and passenger's front air bags Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steer- ing wheel, and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box. The air bags are labeled with the let- ters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passen- gers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.

The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is pro- vided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts. According to the impact severity, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) con- trols the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

OFE038031

OFE038029

Passengers front air bag

Drivers front air bag

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following precautions: Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants positioned properly.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.

Never lean against the door or center console.

WARNING

Safety system of your vehicle

Side air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The pur- pose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passen- ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants positioned properly.

WARNING OFE038032

OFE038033

2-50

Do not allow the front passen- ger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stick- ers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.

2-51

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Curtain air bags

Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.

Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi- tions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.

Do not use any accessory seat covers.This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.

Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.

Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dan- gerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.

Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.

Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.

Do not cause impact to the doors when the POWER but- ton is placed to the ON posi- tion as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.

If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE038035

OFE038034

2-52

Safety system of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?

The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the follow- ing precautions: All seat occupants must wear

seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.

Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.

Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.

Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.

Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.

Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.

WARNING

OFE038053N

2-53

Safety system of your vehicle

2

10. Side pressure sensors 11. Seat belt buckle sensor 12. Emergency Fastening Device

System 13. Occupant classification system

The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the POWER button is placed to the ON position to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag elec- trical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential malfunction with your air bag system, which could include your side and curtain air bags used for rollover pro- tection.

If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly dur- ing an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death. If any of the following condi- tions occur, your SRS is mal- functioning: The light does not turn on for

approximately six seconds when the POWER button is in the ON position.

The light stays on after illumi- nating for approximately six seconds.

The light comes on when the vehicle is ON.

The light blinks when the vehicle is ON.

Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these con- ditions occur.

WARNING

2-54

Safety system of your vehicle

During a frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle's deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags. The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot pro- vide adequate restraint. When need- ed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover. Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the POWER button is placed to the ON position.

Air bags inflate in the event of cer- tain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.

Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision, its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an acci- dent. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage com- partments after the collision.

In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover. When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide pro- tection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.

To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly.The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life- threatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.

There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, espe- cially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.

2-55

Safety system of your vehicle

2

You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflat- ing air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA recom- mends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

When the SRSCM detects a suffi- ciently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.

OTLA035107

Driver's front air bag (1)

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre- cautions: NEVER place a child restraint

in the front passenger seat. Always properly restrain chil- dren under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.

Adjust the front passengers and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allow- ing you to maintain full con- trol of the vehicle.

Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.

Never place anything or any- one between the air bag and the seat occupant.

Do not allow the front passen- ger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

WARNING

2-56

Safety system of your vehicle

Upon deployment, tear seams mold- ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combina- tion with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passen- ger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibili- ty and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

OTLA035108

Driver's front air bag (2)

To prevent objects from becom- ing dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates: Do not install or place any

objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the pas- senger's air bag is located.

Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.

WARNING

OTLA035109

Driver's front air bag (3)

OLMB033057

Passenger's front air bag

2-57

Safety system of your vehicle

2

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.

Noise and smoke from inflating air bag When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deploy- ment, seek medical attention imme- diately. Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist.

Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold and mild soap.

Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.

After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions: Open your windows and doors

as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflat- ing air bag.

Do not touch the air bag stor- age area's internal compo- nents immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot.

WARNING

2-58

Safety system of your vehicle

Occupant Classification System (OCS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

Main components of the Occupant Classification System A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion. Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.

An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passen- ger air bag system is deactivated.

The instrument panel air bag indi- cator light is interconnected with the OCS.

The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflat- ing air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automati- cally turned OFF.

For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF. Front passenger seat adult occu- pants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for exam- ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by other- wise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center fascia panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.

OFE038054N

2-59

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Always be sure that you and all vehi- cle occupants are seated properly and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt. The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. These include: Failing to sit in an upright position. Leaning against the door or center

console. Sitting towards the sides of the

front of the seat. Putting their legs on the dashboard

or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.

Wearing the seat belt improperly. Reclining the seatback. Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear

or hip protection wear. Putting an additional thick cushion

on the seat. Putting electrical devices (e.g.

notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by the occupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light

SRS warning light

Front passenger air bag

1. Adult *1 Off Off Activated

2. Infant *2 or child restraint system with 12 months old *3 *4

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out- grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months

to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

2-60

Safety system of your vehicle

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passengers seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

WARNING

OVQ036013NB

OLMB033100

OLMB033101

OLMB033103

OLMB033102

OLMB033104

NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.

NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seat- back.

NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.

NEVER ride with the seat- back reclined when the vehicle is moving.

NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.

NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front pas- senger seat.

2-61

Safety system of your vehicle

2

ODH035900K

ODH035901K

OTM038054

OTM038055

Do not sit on the passen- ger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.

Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.

Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as water bottles on the passenger seat.

Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction. Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.

Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may damage the occupant detection sys- tem, if they puncture the seat cushion.

Do not place any items under the front passenger seat. When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel-

oped based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could inter- fere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

2-62

Safety system of your vehicle

Proper seated position for OCS

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seat- ed in the front passenger seat, place the POWER button in the OFF posi- tion and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passen- ger to move to the rear seat.

The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approxi- mately 4 seconds after the POWER button is in the ON posi- tion or after the vehicle is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then clas- sify the front passenger after sev- eral more seconds.

Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat

Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint result- ing in serious or fatal injury.NOTICE

B990A01O

Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminat- ed. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passen- ger reposition himself in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illu- minated after the passenger repositions himself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.

WARNING

1JBH3051

2-63

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? Air bags are not designed to inflate in every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third colli- sions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indi- cator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors

NEVER place a rear-facing or front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of the vehicle.

An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.

Always properly restrain chil- dren in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.

WARNING

Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sen- sors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should.

Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deploy- ment performance.

Place the POWER button to the OFF position when the vehicle is being towed to pre- vent inadvertent air bag deployment.

Have all air bag repairs conduct- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-64

Safety system of your vehicle

1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor

2. Front impact sensor

3. Side pressure sensor

4. Side impact sensor

5. Side impact sensor

OFE038036N/OFE038037/OFE038038N/OFE038039/OFE038040/OFE038071N

2-65

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front col- lision.

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

Although the driver's and front pas- senger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of col- lisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.

OFE038042

OFE038041N

OFE038033

2-66

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.

Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide addi- tional occupant protection. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severi- ty of impact.

OFE038044

OFE038043

OFE038045N

2-67

Safety system of your vehicle

2

In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "under- ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.

Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protec- tion to the occupants. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.

OTM038090 OFE038046 OTL035068

2-68

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the colli- sion energy is absorbed by the vehi- cle structure.

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance- free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi- nate when the POWER button is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle imme- diately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, take the follow- ing precautions: Do not attempt to modify or

disconnect the SRS compo- nents or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifica- tions to the body structure.

Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passen- gers panel above the glove box.

Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the sys- tem.

Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

OFE038047

2-69

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Additional Safety Precautions Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehi- cle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehi- cle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle. Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposi- tion the seat belt can reduce the pro- tection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sens- ing components or side air bags. Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the opera- tion of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses. Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the POWER button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate. Modifications to accommodate disabilities. If you require modifica- tion to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect Center at 800- 633-5151.

Adding equipment to or modify- ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by chang- ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- tem, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the opera- tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air Bag Warning Labels

Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and pas- sengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precau- tions could increase the risk of personal injury.

OFE038049N

2-70

Safety system of your vehicle

The active hood lift system can reduce a risk of injury to pedestrians by raising the hood in certain acci- dent situations. The active hood lift system has the additional deforma- tion space under the hood, which is made available for subsequent head impact.

System activation Prerequisite for activation The POWER button is in the START position and the vehicle speed is between about 15.5 mph (25 km/h) and 31 mph (50 km/h).

Information - Active hood lift system

repair If the active hood lift system has been

activated, do not place the hood back by yourself. Have the system repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If you change or repair the front bumper, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

System activation The active hood lift system is designed to work in a frontal collision depending on the intensity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision.

The system will activate when: There is a frontal collision with a

pedestrian, an animal, an obstacle or a vehicle and certain operation conditions (intensity, speed, angle of impact, etc.) are met.

i

ACTIVE HOOD LIFT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

2-71

Safety system of your vehicle

2

System limitation

The system will not activate when: In side, rear collisions and rollover

accidents. The vehicle can detect only frontal collision.

The front bumper is damaged or modified.

The vehicle is in an angled frontal collision with pedestrians.

A pedestrian is laying on the road. A pedestrian has an object to

absorb the shock such as a suit case, buggy or cart.

OFE038065 OFE038067N

OFE038066 OFE038068N

OFE038069

2-72

Safety system of your vehicle

System malfunction

If there is a problem with the system a message will appear on the cluster LCD display. This warning message means that the protection of pedestrians by the active hood lift system is not working properly. If the warning message is displayed, have the system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information Do not remove or change the com-

ponents and the wiring of the active hood system.

Do not change the front bumper or the body structure.

Do not install or assemble any after- market accessory on the front bumper or cover.

When replacing tires, make sure they are the same size as your origi- nal tires. If you drive with different tire or wheel sizes, the active hood lift system may not work normally.

The above situations may cause a malfunction of the active hood lift sys- tem.

i

OFE038070L

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-3 Smart Key............................................................................3-3 Immobilizer System ...........................................................3-9

Door Locks............................................................3-11 Door unlocking from outside the vehicle .................3-11 Door locking from outside the vehicle ......................3-14 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-14 Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-17 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks...............................3-18

Theft-Alarm System............................................3-19 Steering Wheel .....................................................3-20

Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-20 Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering.................................3-21 Horn....................................................................................3-21 Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-22

Mirrors...................................................................3-23 Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-23 Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-31

Windows ................................................................3-33 Power Windows...............................................................3-34

Sunroof..................................................................3-37 Sunroof Opening and Closing ......................................3-38 Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-38 Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-39 Sunshade...........................................................................3-39

Resetting the Sunroof ...................................................3-40 Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-41

Exterior Features.................................................3-42 Hood ...................................................................................3-42 Non-Powered Liftgate...................................................3-43 Power Liftgate .................................................................3-45 Smart Liftgate ..................................................................3-51 Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-55 Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release..........................3-57

Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-58 Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-59 Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-59 Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-65 LCD Display Messages...................................................3-76

LCD Display...........................................................3-81 LCD Display Control ........................................................3-81 LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-82

Trip Computer .......................................................3-85 Lighting..................................................................3-89

Exterior Lights .................................................................3-89 Welcome System .............................................................3-99

Wipers and Washers..........................................3-101 Front Windshield Wipers.............................................3-101 Front Windshield Washers..........................................3-102 Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-103

3

Driver Assist System .........................................3-104 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System .............................................................................3-104 Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-108 Surround View Monitoring .........................................3-109

Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) .............3-112 Operating Condition......................................................3-113 Non-operating Condition ............................................3-114 Limitations of the System...........................................3-115 How the System Works (Smart Parking) ................3-119 How the System Works (Remote Smart Parking)..3-126 How the System Works (Smart Exit) .......................3-130 How the System Works (Remote Moving Forward/ Backward) .......................................................................3-137 Additional Instructions (Messages) ..........................3-142 Turn signal Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation....................................................................3-143 Smart Key Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation....................................................................3-144 Link with other Systems .............................................3-145

Automatic Climate Control System..................3-146 Automatic Temperature Control Mode....................3-147 Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-147 System Operation .........................................................3-154 System Maintenance....................................................3-155

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-157 Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System)................3-159 Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-160

Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-161 Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-161 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-161

Storage Compartment .......................................3-162 Center Console Storage ..............................................3-162 Glove Box........................................................................3-162

Interior Features ................................................3-163 Cup Holder ......................................................................3-163 Sunvisor...........................................................................3-164 Power Outlet ..................................................................3-165 AC Inverter......................................................................3-166 USB Charger...................................................................3-168 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-168 Clock.................................................................................3-170 Coat Hook .......................................................................3-171 Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-171 Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-172 Cargo Security Screen.................................................3-173

Exterior Features...............................................3-175 Roof Side Rails ..............................................................3-175

3

3-3

Convenient features of your vehicle

Smart Key

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate.

1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic 5. Remote Smart Parking Assist

(if equipped) 6. Remote Start (if equipped)

Locking your vehicle

To lock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key: 1. Make sure all doors, the hood and

the liftgate are closed. 2. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession. 3. Press either the button on the

door handle or the Door Lock but- ton (1) on the smart key. The chime will sound once and the hazard warning lights will blink.

4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE

3

OFE048003OFE048005

Type A

OFE048006N

Type B

3-4

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the out- side door handle.

Note that you cannot lock your vehi- cle using the door handle button if any of the following occur: The Smart Key is in the vehicle. The POWER button is in ACC or

ON position. Any of the doors are open except

for the liftgate.

Unlocking your vehicle

To unlock your vehicle: 1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession. 2. Press either the button on the

door handle or the Door Unock button (2) on the smart key. The driver's door will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink two times.

Two Press Unlock Feature The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the AVN LCD display. The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlock- ing all the doors within 4 seconds. Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the AVN LCD display. The option can be found under the follow- ing menu: Vehicle Settings mode Door/Liftgate Two Press Unlock

i

Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the POWER button and may operate power win- dows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING

OFE048004

3-5

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The Two Press Unlock feature can also be enabled or disabled by pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB: Press and hold both the Door Lock button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink. This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.

Information The door handle buttons will only

operate when the smart key is with- in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle

Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key is within this range

If you press the front passenger out- side door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock

Opening the liftgate Non-power liftgate

To unlock and open the liftgate: 1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession. 2. Press either the liftgate handle

release switch on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will unlock.

3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will auto- matically re-lock after 30 seconds.

Information The liftgate handle switch will only

operate when the smart key is with- in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.

The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will only unlock the liftgate. It will not release the latch and open the lift- gate automatically. If the Liftgate Unlock button is used, someone must still press the liftgate handle switch to open the liftgate.

Power liftgate

To unlock and open the liftgate: 1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession. 2. Press either the liftgate handle

release switch on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will open.

3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will auto- matically re-lock after 30 seconds.

Information The liftgate handle switch will only operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.

i i

i

3-6

Convenient features of your vehicle

Panic button Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.

Start-up You can start the vehicle without inserting the key.

For information, refer to the "POWER button" section in chap- ter 5.

To prevent damaging the smart key: Keep the smart key in a cool, dry

place to avoid damage or mal- function. Exposure to moisture or high temperature may cause the internal circuit of the smart key to malfunction which may not be covered under warranty.

Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.

Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.

Remote start (if equipped) You can start the vehicle using the remote start button (6) of the smart key.

To start the vehicle remotely : - Lock the doors by pressing the

door lock button (1) within 32 ft (10 m) distance from the vehicle.

- Press the remote start button for over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after locking the doors.

Press the remote start button once to turn off the vehicle. Air conditioner/heater system main- tains the status before turning off the vehicle. If no further action for operating/driv- ing the vehicle is taken, the vehicle will be turned off 10 minutes after starting the vehicle remotely.

NOTICE

Laws in your country may restrict the use of remote start. You should check country reg- ulations before using this remote starting system.

It is only possible to start the vehicle remotely when shifted to P (Park).

If the hood or the liftgate is opened, you cannot start the vehicle remotely.

CAUTION

3-7

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) (if equipped) The Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) system helps the drivers park their vehicle by using sensors to measure parking spaces and control the steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed to semi-automatically park the vehicle and provide instruc- tion on the AVN screen to help through parking. The driver can activate the RSPA system after measuring the parking spaces or using the smart key. It is also possible to move the vehicle forward or backward using the but- tons (5) on the smart key. For more details, refer to "Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)" in this chapter.

Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key.

To remove the mechanical key from the smart key FOB, slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow (1) and then pull the mechanical key (2) outward. To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key. insert the mechani- cal key into the key hole in the driver door (Refer to "DOOR LOCKS" in this chapter.)

To reinstall the mechanical key into the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard.

Loss of a smart key A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.

OFE048007

3-8

Convenient features of your vehicle

Smart key precautions The smart key may not work if any of the following occur: The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the trans- mitter.

The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.

Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.

If the smart key does not work cor- rectly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid keeping the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid inter- ference between the two devices.

Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.

Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehi- cle, the vehicle battery may be dis- charged.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

3-9

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop- erly, try replacing the battery with a new one.

Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the

rear cover of the smart key. 3. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key.

If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not work- ing correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

Immobilizer System The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improp- erly coded key (or other device) is used, the power system is disabled. When the POWER button is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key. Place the POWER button to the OFF position, then place the POWER but- ton to the ON position again. In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your smart key if another smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key. If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.

i

3

OFE048009

OFE048008

3-10

If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, how- ever you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer sys- tem malfunction could occur.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

i

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a cus- tomer unique password and should be kept confidential.

WARNING

3-11

Convenient features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS

3

Door unlocking from outside the vehicle Smart key

Approach unlock system

The outside door handle will slide out and the doors will unlock when the driver approaches the vehicle pos- sessing the smart key.

The driver can activate/deactivate the "Approach unlock" system on the AVN screen. Go to "Vehicle settings Door/ Tailgate Approach unlock".

When the "Approach unlock" is activated : - If you approach (within 40 in.(1

m)) the driver or front passen- ger's door handle possessing the smart key, the outside door han- dles slide out and the doors are unlocked. In this case, Hazard Warning Flasher blinks twice and chime also sounds twice.

- After first approach, the vehicle tries detecting the smart key every 5 seconds and if the key is not detected, the doors will lock automatically and the handles will slide in.

When the "Approach unlock" is deactivated : - The handle does not slide out

even when you approach with the smart key in possession. The doors are unlocked if you press the outside handle as the handles slide out.

The doors will lock automatically and the handles will slide in after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.

Unlock the door and pull the out- side handle to open the door.

Push the door to close.

OFE048002

FE-TAG-13

FE-TAG-10

3-12

If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succes- sion with the smart key, door lock button or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit. Also, the "Approach unlock" system may not oper- ate. Try operation after a suffi- cient time in case the system does not operate due to multiple operations.

"Approach unlock" system is not operated continuously. Retry after a certain period of time when all the doors are closed.

Mechanical key

1. Push the front side of the door handle.

2. Pull the rear side of the handle while holding it.

3. Open the plug by using the mechanical key.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

FE-TAG-8

FE-TAG-7

FE-TAG-3

3-13

Convenient features of your vehicle

4. Put the key and turn it clockwise. 5. Pull the handle.

Excessive force applied on the door and door handle may result in damage.

NOTICE

3

FE-TAG-6 FE-TAG-4

Close the door tightly or door may reopen.

Make sure the fingers or other body parts are not caught between the doors when opening/closing the doors.

Make sure the fingers or other body parts are caught inside the handle while the handle is pulled. The door may not fully close if the handle is back to its normal position due to any foreign material.

WARNING

3-14

Convenient features of your vehicle

Door locking from outside the vehicle Smart key

To lock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you. The handle will slide in as it's locked. In this case, Hazard Warning Flasher blinks and chime also sounds once.

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle With the door lock button

To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi- tion. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.

To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible.

To open a door, pull the door han- dle (3) outward.

FE-TAG-11

FE-TAG-9/OFE048436L

FE-TAG-12

OFE048011

3-15

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

If the inner door handle of either the driver door or passenger door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and the door will open.

The doors cannot be locked if the smart key is inside the vehicle and any of the doors are open.

Information If a power door lock ever fails to func- tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech- niques to exit:

Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.

Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.

Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.

Information When the vehicle's battery run out and you leave the vehicle, make sure all the doors are locked. You can lock the driver's door with a key and the rest of the doors with the lock button above the door inside handle.

With the central door lock switch

The driver side and front passenger side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock switch. The lock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. When the lock button (1) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will lock. When the unlock button (2) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock. If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) is pressed.

i

i

Driver's door Passenger's door

OFE048012N

3-16

Convenient features of your vehicle

The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.

Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or pas- senger's door while the vehi- cle is moving.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicle. Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle. To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- tion, engage the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicle. Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle. To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, shift to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF posi- tion, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.

WARNING

3-17

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features Your vehicle is equipped with fea- tures that will automatically lock or unlock your vehicle based on set- tings you select in the AVN LCD dis- play.

Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed When this feature is set in the AVN LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehi- cle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).

Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the AVN LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehi- cle is shifted out of P (Park) while the vehicle is ON.

Auto UNLOCK - On shift to P When this feature is set in the AVN LCD display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).

For more information on these features, refer to the LCD Display section later in this chapter.

Auto UNLOCK On vehicle Off When this feature is set in the AVN LCD display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is off.

Additional Unlock Safety Feature - Air Bag Deployment As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.

Opening a door when something is approaching may cause dam- age or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door.

CAUTION

If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.

WARNING

3-18

Convenient features of your vehicle

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks

The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors.The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock posi- tion, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriv- er or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.

To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.

If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.

WARNING

OFE048013N

3-19

Convenient features of your vehicle

This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occurs: - A door is opened without using the

smart key. - The liftgate is opened without

using the smart key. - The hood is opened. The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the smart key. The Theft Alarm System automati- cally sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the liftgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the liftgate from outside the vehicle with the smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handles with the smart key in your possession. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set, opening any door, the liftgate, or the hood without using the smart key will cause the alarm to activate. The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are fully closed. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.

Information Do not lock the doors until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.

If the vehicle is not disarmed with the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and start the vehicle ( indicator ON) by directly pressing the POWER button with the smart key.

When the system is disarmed but a door or liftgate is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.

i THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

3

3-20

Electric Power Steering (EPS) The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:

The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the POWER button in the ON position.

This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics is completed, the steering wheel will return to its nor- mal condition.

A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the POWER button is in the ON or OFF position.

Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.

When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise may occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.

When an error is detected from the EPS, the assistant function of steer- ing effort will not be activated in order to prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. When the following symp- toms occur, immediately drive the vehicle to a safe area and check it.

i STEERING WHEEL

Convenient features of your vehicle

If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate nor- mally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehi- cle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehi- cle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.

CAUTION

3-21

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering Adjust the steering wheel so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.

To change the steering wheel angle and height: 1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and height (3). 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to

lock the steering wheel in place.

Information After adjustment, sometimes the lock release lever may not lock the steering wheel. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears are not engaged correctly. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the steering wheel.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

NOTICE i

NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING OFE048014

OFE048016

3-22

Convenient features of your vehicle

Heated Steering Wheel (if equipped)

When the POWER button is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indica- tor on the button will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off. The heated steering wheel will auto- matically turn off after approximately 30 minutes.

Do not install any cover or acces- sory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system.

NOTICE

OFE048015

3-23

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

MIRRORS Inside Rearview Mirror Before driving your vehicle, check to see that your inside rearview mirror is properly positioned. Adjust the rearview mirror so that the view through the rear window is properly centered.

When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass and HomeLink

system Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a Z-Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink

Wireless Control System. During nighttime driving, this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the com- pass indicates the direction the vehi- cle is pointed. The HomeLink

Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc.

NOTICE

Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear head- rests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.

WARNING

NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

3-24

Convenient features of your vehicle

(1) Channel 1 button (2) Channel 2 button (3) Status indicator LED (4) Channel 3 button (5) Rear light sensor (6) Dimming ON/OFF button (7) Compass control button (8) Compass display

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety (NVS) Mirror (if equipped)

The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare by monitoring light lev- els in the front and the rear of the vehicle. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.

For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other applica- tions, please refer to the Gentex website: www.gentex.com

The auto-dimming function can be controlled by pressing the ON/OFF button:

1. Pressing the button turns the auto- dimming function OFF which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off.

2. Pressing the button again turns the auto-dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on.

The mirror defaults to the ON posi- tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav Compass Display

The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z-Nav Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

OFE048018N

3-25

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled. To turn the display feature ON/OFF: 1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF. 2. Press and release the button

again to turn the display back ON. Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the but- ton and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag- netic north and true north. To com- pensate for this difference you will need to adjust the Zone setting based on where you live.

B520C05NF

3-26

Convenient features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: 1. Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 sec- onds, the current Zone Number will appear on the display.

3. Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will repeat 13, 14, 15, 1, 2, ). Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the com- pass will start displaying a com- pass heading again.

There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle mag- nets, such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle's magnetic field. In these situations, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct these changes.

If you need to recalibrate the com- pass: 1. Press and hold the button for

more than 6 seconds. When the compass memory is cleared a "C" will appear in the display.

2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir- cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System

The HomeLink Wireless Control System can replace up to three hand- held radio-frequency (RF) transmit- ters with a single built-in device. This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators, garage door open- ers, entry door locks, security sys- tems, even home lighting. Both stan- dard and rolling code-equipped trans- mitters can be programmed by fol- lowing the outlined procedures. Additional HomeLink information can be found at: www.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515. Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming. It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes.

3-27

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Programming HomeLink

Please note the following: When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage.

It is recommended that a new bat- tery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being pro- grammed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

Some vehicles may require the POWER button to be placed in the ACC (or "Accessories") position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink.

In the event that there are still pro- gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below, contact HomeLink at: www.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are "code-protected" and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following: Reference the device owners

manual for verification. The handheld transmitter appears

to program the HomeLink

Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device.

Press and hold the trained HomeLink button. The device has the rolling code feature if the indi- cator light flashes rapidly and then turns solid after 2 seconds.

Before programming HomeLink

to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage. Do not use the HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U.S. federal safety standards (this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door that can- not detect an object - signaling the door to stop and reverse - does not meet current U.S. feder- al safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-28

Convenient features of your vehicle

To train rolling code devices, follow these instructions: 1. At the garage door opener receiv-

er (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the "learn" or "smart" but- ton. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit. Exact location and color of the but- ton may vary by garage door opener brand. If there is difficulty locating the training button, refer- ence the device owners manual or please visit our Web site at www.homelink.com.

2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or "smart" button (which activates the "training light"). You will have 30 seconds to initiate step 3.

3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for two seconds and then release the desired HomeLink button. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence a second time to complete the pro- gramming. (Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming.)

4. Press and hold the just-trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED. If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your device should activate.

5. To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons, follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices.

Standard programming To train most devices, follow these instructions: 1. For first-time programming, press

and hold the two outside buttons, HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi- cator light begins to flash (after 20 seconds). Release both buttons. Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand- held transmitter button. DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed.

4. While continuing to hold the but- tons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand-held transmitter. Release both buttons.

3-29

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

5. Press and hold the just-trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED. If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released.

6. To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons, follow steps 2 through 5.

Gate operator & Canadian program- ming During programming, your handheld transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System button (note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this docu- ment) while you press and re-press ("cycle") your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequen- cy signal has been learned. The indi- cator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training.

Operating HomeLink

To operate, simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the trained device (i.e. garage door opener, gate operator, security sys- tem, entry door lock, home/office lighting, etc.). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.

Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a new device to a previ- ously trained HomeLink button, fol- low these steps: 1. Press and hold the desired

HomeLink button. Do NOT release until step 4 has been com- pleted.

2. When the indicator light begins to flash slowly (after 20 seconds), position the handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface.

3. Press and hold the handheld transmitter button. The HomeLink

indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly.

4. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED. If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your new device should activate.

3-30

Convenient features of your vehicle

Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased. However, to erase all three pro- grammed buttons: 1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink buttons until the indi- cator light begins to flash-after 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training (learn) mode and can be pro- grammed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming chapters above.

NVS is a registered trademark and Z-Nav is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. HomeLink is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. FCC ID : NZLHFCHL4 IC : 4112A-HFCHL4

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifi- cations not expressly approved by the party responsible for compli- ance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Information FOR CANADA This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-210.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifi- cations not expressly approved by the party responsible for compli- ance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

ii

3-31

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Side View Mirrors

Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.

Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.

Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the sur- face of the glass.

If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.

Side view mirror adjustment

Adjusting the side view mirrors: 1. Press either the L (driver's side) or

R (passenger's side) button (1) to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust.

2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.

NOTICE

NOTICEOFE048019

Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OFE048430L

3-32

Convenient features of your vehicle

The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust- ing angles, but the motor contin- ues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.

Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.

Folding the side view mirror

The side view mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch. If 'Convenience Welcome mirror/

light On door unlock' is selected in the vehicle Settings mode on the AVN screen, the side view mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows: - The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key.

- The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle.

If 'Convenience Welcome mirror/ light On door unlock' and 'Convenience Welcome mirror/ light On driver approach' is selected in the vehicle Settings mode on the AVN screen, the side view mirror will unfold automatically when you approach the vehicle (all doors closed and locked) with a smart key in possession.

The electric type side view mirror operates even though the POWER button is in the OFF position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode.

Do not fold the electric type side view mirror by hand. It could cause motor failure.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

OFE048021

3-33

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

(1) Driver's door power window switch

(2) Front passenger's door power window switch

(3) Rear door (left) power window switch

(4) Rear door (right) power window switch

(5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window

(if equipped) (7) Power window lock switch

WINDOWS

OFE048023N

3-34

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Windows The POWER button must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of rear pas- senger windows.The power windows will operate for approximately 10 minutes after the POWER button is placed in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 10 minutes period.

Information In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

While driving with the rear win- dows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demon- strate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.

Window opening and closing

To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop.

To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the win- dow switch when you want the win- dow to stop.

i

To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.

WARNING

OFE048024

3-35

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power win- dow switch momentarily to the sec- ond detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

To reset the power windows If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power win- dow system must be reset as follows: 1. Place the POWER button to the

ON position. 2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 sec- onds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse fea- ture, the automatic window reverse will not operate.

The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

WARNING

OLF044032

3-36

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.

Do not install any accessories on the windows.The automatic reverse feature may not operate.

Power window lock switch

The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passen- ger doors by pressing the power win- dow lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: The rear passenger control will not

be able to operate the rear passen- ger power window

Note that the front passenger con- trol is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still oper- ate all the power windows.

To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.

Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK posi- tion. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional win- dow operation by a child.

WARNING

Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direc- tion.

WARNING

OFE048025

3-37

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead con- sole. The sunroof can be opened, closed, or tilted when the POWER button is in the ON position. The sunroof can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the POWER button is in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within 10 minutes.

Information In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.

Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.

Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is open, rain or snow may leak through the sun- roof and wet the interior as well as cause theft.

NOTICE

i SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OFE048026N

Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.

Make sure heads, other body parts or objects are out of the way before using the sunroof.

Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sun- roof while driving, to avoid serious injury.

Do not leave the vehicle on and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.

Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injuries or vehicle damage.

WARNING

3-38

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunroof Opening and Closing

To open: Press the sunroof control lever back- ward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To close: Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.

Sliding the Sunroof Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position complete- ly opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever back- ward or forward and release the switch.

Information To minimize wind noise while driving, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (stop the sunroof about 3 inch (7 cm) before the maximum slide open position).

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If the sunroof senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared. The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash. You should always check that all pas- sengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it.

iOFE048027 ODH043039

3-39

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Tilting the Sunroof

Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.

To close the sunroof: Push the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.

Sunshade

The sunshade will open automatical- ly with the sunroof when the glass panel moves. If you want it closed, move the sunshade manually.

The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open.

NOTICE

Small objects that can get caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass chan- nel may not be detected by the automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will not detect the object and will not reverse direction.

WARNING

OFE048028 OIK047091

3-40

Convenient features of your vehicle

Resetting the Sunroof Sunroof needs to be reset if the fol- lowing occurs : - Battery is discharged or discon-

nected or the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected

- The one-touch sliding function of the sunroof does not normally oper- ate

Reset procedure : 1. Place the POWER button to the

ON position or start the vehicle ( indicator ON). It is recom- mended to reset the sunroof while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.

2. Push the control lever forward. The sunroof will close completely or tilt depending on the condition of the sunroof.

3. Release the control lever when the sunroof stops moving.

4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds. - When the sunroof is in the

closed position : The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down.

- When the sunroof is in the tilt position: The glass will slightly move up and down.

Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during opera- tion, start the procedure again from step 2.

5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:

Tilt down Slide Open Slide Close.

Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during opera- tion, start the procedure again from step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control lever after all steps have completed. The sunroof system has been reset.

Information If the sunroof is not reset when the

vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.

For more detailed information, con- tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

3-41

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open Warning (if equipped)

If the driver turns off the vehicle when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately 3 seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the LCD display.

If the driver turns off the vehicle and opens the door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the open sunroof warning will appear on the LCD dis- play until the door is closed or the sunroof is fully closed.

Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

3

OFE048148

3-42

Hood Opening the hood

1. Park the vehicle and set the park- ing brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the sec- ondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2). After it has been raised about halfway, it will raise completely by itself.

Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the

following: All filler caps in fuel cell power

module compartment must be correctly installed.

Gloves, rags or any other com- bustible material must be removed from the fuel cell power module compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

Convenient features of your vehicle

OFE048029

OFE048030N

3-43

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Non-Powered Liftgate (if equipped) Opening the liftgate

Before attempting to open the lift- gate, make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). To open the liftgate, perform one the following: 1. Unlock all doors with the Door

Unlock button on your smart key. From outside press the liftgate han- dle switch and open the liftgate.

2. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key. From out- side press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.

3. With the Smart Key in your pos- session, press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.

Closing the liftgate

Lower the liftgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the liftgate handle switch.

Information In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

i

Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.

Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message dis- played on the instrument clus- ter. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.

Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised posi- tion, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an acci- dent, and the hood could fall or be damaged.

WARNING

OFE048032

OFE048033

3-44

Convenient features of your vehicle

Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehi- cle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate struts and mounting hinges if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.

Emergency liftgate safety release

Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the lift- gate inside the vehicle. To unlock and open the liftgate man- ually from inside the luggage com- partment, perform the following steps: 1. Remove the cover. 2. Push the release lever to the right. 3. Push the liftgate outward and

upward.

NOTICE

The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

WARNING

Do not hold on to or try to pull on the liftgate strut. Be aware that the deformation of the lift- gate strut may cause vehicle damage and risk of injury.

WARNING

OFE048035

Always keep the liftgate com- pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.

WARNING

OFE048034

3-45

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Power Liftgate (if equipped) Power liftgate button

Power liftgate setting

When the POWER button is in the ON position and the shift button is in P (Park), the power liftgate can be opened by using the console button on the dash. Before using the power liftgate, make sure the power liftgate option is selected in the Vehicle Setting modes in the AVN LCD display. 'Vehicle Settings Door/Liftgate Power Liftgate'

Also, the speed of the power liftgate can be adjusted in the Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN LCD display. 'Vehicle Settings Door/Liftgate Power Liftgate Speed Fast/Slow' - If the power liftgate function turns

off or the liftgate is not fully closed, you cannot adjust the power lift- gate speed.

- Initial speed of power liftgate is set as "Fast".

For more details, refer to the sep- arately supplied Navigation manu- al.

Information The power liftgate operates only when the shift button is in P (Park).

i

Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the lift- gate using the safety release lever.

No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compart- ment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.

Use the release lever for emer- gencies only. Use extreme cau- tion, especially while the vehi- cle is in motion.

WARNING

OFE048038

3-46

Convenient features of your vehicle

Do not close or open the power liftgate manually. This may cause damage to the power liftgate. If it is necessary to close or open the power liftgate manually when the battery is discharged or discon- nected, do not apply excessive force.

Opening the liftgate The power liftgate will open automat- ically by doing one of the following:

Smart key liftgate unlock button

Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key.

Power liftgate handle switch

Press the liftgate outside handle switch while having the smart key with you.

NOTICE

Never leave children unattended in your vehicle. Children might operate the power liftgate. Doing so could result in injury to themselves or others, and could damage the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before operating the power lift- gate. Wait until the liftgate is opened fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo or passengers from the vehicle.

WARNING

OFE048036

OFE048037

3-47

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Power liftgate button

Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second.

In order to suddenly stop the move- ment of the liftgate while it is operat- ing, quickly press the power liftgate button.

Closing the liftgate The power liftgate will close automat- ically by doing one of the following:

Smart key liftgate unlock button

Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key when the lift- gate is opened. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.

Power liftgate inner button

Press the power liftgate inner button for approximately 1 second. The lift- gate will close and lock automatically.

OFE048038

OFE048036

OFE048040

3-48

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power liftgate button

Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second. In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate but- ton.

In order to suddenly stop the move- ment of the liftgate while it is operat- ing, quickly press the power liftgate button.

Power liftgate non-opening con- ditions The power liftgate does not open when the vehicle is in motion.

The chime will sound if you drive with the liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle immediately at a safe place and check if your liftgate is opened.

WARNING

OFE048038

Operating the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously could cause damage to the oper- ating motor. In this case, the power liftgate system enters into thermal protection mode to pre- vent the motor from overheating. In thermal protection mode the power liftgate will not operate. If any of the power liftgate buttons are pressed to try to open the liftgate, the chime will sound 3 times but the liftgate will remain closed. Allow the power liftgate system to cool for about 1 minute before operating the system again.

CAUTION

3-49

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The power liftgate can be oper- ated when the vehicle is not run- ning. However, the power liftgate operation consumes a large amount of electic power. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not oper- ate it excessively (e.g. more than 5 times repeatedly).

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the power liftgate in the open position for a long time.

Do not modify or repair any part of the power liftgate by yourself. This must be done by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehi- cle, do not operate the power liftgate. This could cause the power liftgate to operate improperly.

In cold and wet climates, the power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing condi- tions.

Automatic reversal

During power opening and closing if the power liftgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the power liftgate will detect the resistance. If resistance is detected while open- ing or closing the power liftgate, the liftgate will stop and move in the opposite direction. However, in some instances the automatic reversal system may not detect the object if it is too soft or is very thin, or if the liftgate is almost fully closed near the latched position. Caution should be taken to prevent any objects from obstructing the lift- gate opeining.

If the automatic reversal feature operates more than 2 times while attempting to open or close the lift- gate, the power liftgate may stop at that position. If this occurs, carefully close the liftgate manually, and then try to operate the power liftgate auto- matically again.

NOTICE

OFE048039

Never intentionally place any object or part of your body in the path of the power liftgate to make sure the automatic rever- sal operates.

WARNING

Do not put heavy objects on the power liftgate before you oper- ate the power liftgate feature. Additional weight may damage the operation of the system.

CAUTION

3-50

Convenient features of your vehicle

How to reset the power liftgate If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, or if the power liftgate fuse has been replaced or removed, reset the power liftgate by performing the following procedure: 1. Put the shift button in P (Park). 2. Press the power liftgate inner but-

ton and the power liftgate outer handle button simultaneously for more than 3 seconds. The chime will sound.

3. Close the liftgate manually. If the power liftgate does not work properly after the above procedure, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

When operating the power liftgate, the gear shift button must be in the (P) park position in order to operate normally.

Power liftgate opening height user setting

Follow the instructions below to set the fully open height of the power lift- gate: 1. Position the liftgate manually to

the height you prefer. 2. Press the power liftgate inner but-

ton for more than 3 seconds. 3. Close the liftgate manually after

hearing the buzzer sound.

The liftgate will open to the manually adjusted height that was set.

NOTICE

OFE048040

Always keep the liftgate com- pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.

WARNING

Rear cargo area

Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available.To avoid injury in the event of an acci- dent or sudden stops, occu- pants should always be proper- ly restrained.

WARNING

3-51

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Emergency liftgate safety release

Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the lift- gate inside the vehicle. To unlock and open the liftgate man- ually from inside the luggage com- partment, perform the following steps: 1. Remove the cover. 2. Push the release lever to the right. 3. Push the liftgate outward and

upward.

Smart Liftgate (if equipped)

On vehicles equipped with a smart key, the liftgate can be opened with hands-free activation using the Smart Liftgate system.

Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the lift- gate using the safety release lever.

No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compart- ment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.

Use the release lever for emer- gencies only. Use extreme cau- tion, especially while the vehi- cle is in motion.

WARNING

OFE048034

OFE048041

3-52

Convenient features of your vehicle

How to use the Smart Liftgate The hands-free smart liftgate system can be opened automatically when the following conditions are met: The Smart Liftgate option is

enabled in the User Settings in the AVN screen.

The Smart Liftgate is activated and ready 15 seconds after all the doors are closed and locked

The Smart Liftgate will open when the smart key is detected in the area behind the vehicle for 3 sec- onds

Information The Smart Liftgate will NOT operate when:

Any door is open, or all doors are closed but not locked

The smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked

For vehicles equipped with illumi- nated exterior front door handles, if the smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked or if the smart key is within 60 inches (1.5m) from the front door handles

The smart key is in the vehicle.

1. Setting To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to "Vehicle settings Door/Tailgate" and select Smart Tailgate (Liftgate) on the AVN screen.

For more information refer to the separately supplied Navigation manual.

2.Detect and Alert The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in (50- 100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound to alert you that the smart liftgate will open.

Information Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the liftgate to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warn- ing lights and chime starts to operate, move away from the area behind the vehicle with the smart key. The lift- gate will remain closed.

i

i

3-53

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

3. Automatic opening After the hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds 6 times, the power liftgate will open.

How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function using the smart key

1. Door lock 2. Door unlock 3. Liftgate open 4. Panic If you press any button on the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Liftgate function will be deactivated. Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Liftgate func- tion for emergency situations.

Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle.

Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate.

Make sure objects in the rear cargo area do not come out when opening the liftgate, especially if the vehicle is parked on a grade or incline.

If you keep your vehicle parked and locked on your driveway, you may want to temporarily deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. Otherwise, standing at the rear of the vehicle with the smart key may cause the lift- gate to open unintentionally.

WARNING

The key should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadvertently open the Smart Liftgate while playing around the rear area of the vehicle.

OFE048005

3-54

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information If you press the door unlock button

(2), the Smart Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 sec- onds, the Smart Liftgate function will be activated again.

If you press the liftgate open button (3) for more than 1 second, the lift- gate opens.

The Smart Liftgate function will still be activated if you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) on the smart key as long as the Smart Liftgate is not already in the Detect and Alert stage.

In case you have deactivated the Smart Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the Smart Liftgate function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.

Detecting area

The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you that the smart liftgate will open.

The alert stops once the smart key is moved outside of the detecting area within the 3 second period.

Information The Smart Liftgate function may

not operate properly if any of the following instances occur:

- The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.

- The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehi- cle.

The Smart Liftgate detecting area may change when:

- The vehicle is parked on an incline or slope

- One side of the vehicle is raised or lowered relative to the opposite side

ii

OFE048042N

3-55

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Fuel Filler Door Opening the fuel filler door

1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Push the fuel filler door opener

button.

The fuel filler door does not open if the vehicle is not off.

The fuel filler door may open after several seconds from turning off the vehicle. However, in cold weather, the fuel door may not open for about 45 seconds until the cluster message "Powering down..." disappears. This is for protecting the fuel cell system.

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to access the fuel filler cap.

4. Pull the fuel filler cap (2).

Information If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved de- icer fluid (do not use radiator anti- freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

Closing the fuel filler door 1. Cover the fuel filler with the cap. 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

i

NOTICE

OFEQ018014L

OFEQ018015N

If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, you should use parts for replacement from an authorized Hyundai dealer. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunc- tion of the fuel system or emission control system. you should contact your HYUNDAI dealer for replacement.

If the fuel filler door is not completely closed, the vehicle is not turned on. Close the fuel filler door and turn on the vehicle.

WARNING

3-56

Convenient features of your vehicle

Refueling dangers

Automotive fuels are flammable materials.When refueling, please note the following guidelines carefully. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in severe personal injury, severe burns or death by fire or explosion. Read and follow all warning

posted at the gas station facil- ity.

Before touching the fuel noz- zle, you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touch- ing another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, noz- zle, or other gas source.

Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing stat- ic electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burn- ing. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially danger- ous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.

Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

When refueling, always shut the power off. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed, before starting the vehicle.

DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire.

If a fire breaks out during refu- eling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately con- tact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.

WARNING

3-57

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release

If the fuel filler door does not open due to the battery discharge and fail- ure of the electrical wiring, open the liftgate and lightly pull the handle towards the arrow direction to pen the lid.

Information Do not pull the handle excessively, otherwise the luggage area trim or release handle may be damaged.

i

OFE048419

3-58

Convenient features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Power gauge

2. Speedometer

3. Fuel cell stack temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. Odometer/LCD display/Trip computer

6. Warning and indicator lights

OFE048100N

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.

3-59

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting instrument cluster illumination

When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumina- tion control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination. When pressing the illumination con- trol button, the interior switch illumi- nation intensity is also adjusted.

The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.

If the brightness reaches the maxi- mum or minimum level, a chime will sound.

Gauges and Meters Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilo- meters per hour (km/h).

Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. Doing so could lead to driver distraction which may cause an accident and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.

WARNING

OFE048043

OFE048101N

3-60

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power gauge

The power gauge shows the energy consumption rate of the traction motor.

CHARGE : It shows the charging status of the battery when it is being charged by the regenerative brakes (decelerating or driving on a downhill road). The more electric energy is charged, the lower the gauge level.

ECO : It shows the energy con- sumption rate during normal driv- ing condition.

POWER : It shows the energy con- sumption rate of the vehicle when driving uphill or accelerating. The more electric energy is used, the higher the gauge level.

Fuel cell stack temperature gauge

This gauge shows the temperature of the fuel cell stack coolant when the POWER button is ON. Do not continue driving with an over- heated fuel cell stack. If your vehicle overheats, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE048102

OFE048103

3-61

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

- Fuel Cell Stack Overheats

If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indi- cates overheating that may dam- age the fuel cell stack.

Hydrogen fuel gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi- mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank (The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8). The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.

Information - Hydrogen Fueling Station

According to the hydrogen fueling sta- tion condition, the hydrogen fuel may not filled fully.

i

NOTICE

Running Out of Fuel

Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain addi- tional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the ''E'' (Empty) level.

WARNING

Radiator Cap

Never remove the radiator cap when the fuel cell power mod- ule is hot. Otherwise the fuel cell stack coolant may be under pressure and cause severe burns. Wait until the fuel cell power module is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

WARNING

OFE048133

3-62

Convenient features of your vehicle

Outside temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the current out- side air temperature by 1 degrees F (1 degrees C). - Temperature range : -40F ~ 140F

(-40C ~ 60C) Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside tempera- ture (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)

The temperature unit (from C to F or from F to C) can be changed by: - Press the AUTO button while

pressing the OFF button on the cli- mate control unit for 3 seconds

- Go to General settings mode Unit Temperature in the AVN dis- play.

Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate con- trol screen will change.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis- tance that the vehicle has been driv- en and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.

OFE048106NOFE048104N

3-63

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Range

The range is the estimated dis- tance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.

If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "---" as range.

If the hydrogen supply line is empty, the gauge may indicate that the hydrogen is not in the hydrogen tank.

Information If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter- rupted, the range function may not operate correctly.

The range may differ from the actu- al driving distance as it is only an estimate of the available driving range for the vehicle and driving conditions.

The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

Gear shift indicator

This indicator displays which gear is selected.

i

OFE048108N OFE048105

3-64

Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)

The pop-up displays the current gear position selected for 2 seconds (P/R/N/D). The shift indicator pop-up function can be activated or deactivated from the Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN screen.

Regenerative braking rate indi- cator

While using the regenerative brakes, you may select the regenerative braking rate from 0 to 3 by pulling the paddle shifter.

For more details, refer to "Regenerative Braking System" in chapter 5.

Icy road warning light (if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driv- er the road may be icy. When the temperature on the out- side temperature gauge is approxi- mately below 40F (4C), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks, and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime is sound.

Information If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.

i

Convenient features of your vehicle

OFE048107

OFE058136N OFE048149L

3-65

Convenient features of your vehicle

Warning and Indicator lights

Information Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the vehicle. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situa- tion that needs attention.

Ready Indicator

This indicator illuminates :

When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible,

or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving.

When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. In this case, have your vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Service Warning Light

This warning light illuminates :

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When there is a problem with relat-

ed parts of the fuel cell electric vehicle control system, such as sensors, etc.

When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Power Down Warning Light

This warning light illuminates :

When the vehicle power should be limited due to a malfunction with fuel cell stack. If the warning light continuously remains on when the vehicle is in "READY" state, or comes on dur- ing driving, this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the fuel cell stack. If this occurs, we recom- mend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the warning light turns on again when restarting the vehicle after parking your vehicle on an incline.

NOTICE

i

3

3-66

Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the temperature on the out- side temperature gauge is approxi- mately below 40F (4C), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time. The Icy Road Warning function can be activated or deactivated from the Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN screen.

Information If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely, refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sud- den braking or sharp turning, etc.

Hydrogen Gas Leak Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

[Red] When the hydrogen leakage is detected in the vehicle.

[Yellow] When there is a malfunc- tion with the hydrogen leakage detection sensor.

If the warning light continuously remains on when the vehicle is in "READY" state, or comes on during driving, this indicates that there may be hydrogen leakage or a malfunc- tion with the hydrogen leakage detection sensor. If this occurs, stop the vehicle and have the hydrogen system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:

Add fuel as soon as possible.

i

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-67

Convenient features of your vehicle

Supplemental Restraint System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with

the SRS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened.

For more details, refer to the "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Regenerative Brake Warning Light

This warning light illuminates :

When the regenerative brake does not operate and the brake does not perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illu- minate simultaneously. In this case, drive safely and have your vehicle inspected by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer. The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance can increase.

3

(yellow)

3-68

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds. - It remains on if the parking brake

is applied. When the parking brake is applied. When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low. - If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser- voir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the vehicle turned off, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate proper- ly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual- diagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys- tems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn- ing light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

3-69

Convenient features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with

the ABS (The normal braking sys- tem will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving:

When the ABS and regular brake sys- tem may not work normally. In this case, have your vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information - Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

3

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

3-70

Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with

the EPS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Charging System Warning Light (for 12-volt battery)

This warning light illuminates:

When the 12-volt battery level is low or a failure occurs on the charging system such as LDC.

If the warning light turns on while driving, move the vehicle to a safe location, turn off and turn on the vehicle again, and check if the warning light turns off. If the warn- ing light remains on, have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Even if the warning light turns off, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If you drive the vehicle while the warning light is on, vehicle speed may be limited and the 12-volt bat- tery may be discharged.

LDC : Low voltage DC-DC Converter.

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated (The location of each underinflated tire is displayed on the LCD display).

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-71

Convenient features of your vehicle

This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:

When there is a malfunction with the TPMS. In this case, have your vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with

the EPB. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er.

Information The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).

AUTO HOLD Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

[White] When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch.

[Green] When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the auto hold sys- tem activated.

[Yellow] When there is a malfunc- tion with the auto hold system. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er.

For more details, refer to "Auto Hold" in chapter 5.

i

3

Safe Stopping

The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.

If you notice any vehicle insta- bility, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING

EPB

3-72

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system warning light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates :

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When the FCA system is turned off. When the radar sensor or cover is

blocked with dirt or snow. Check the sensor and cover and clean them by using a soft cloth.

When there is a malfunction with FCA. In this case, have your vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

[Green] When the system operat- ing conditions are satisfied for LKA.

[White] When system operating conditions are not satisfied or when the sensor does not detect the lane line.

[Yellow] When there is a malfunc- tion with the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system.

In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

LED Headlamp Warning Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with

the LED headlamp. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This warning light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with a LED headlamp related part. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED head- lamp life.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-73

Convenient features of your vehicle

Master Warning Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When there is a malfunction in oper- ation in any of the following systems: - LED headlamp malfunction (if

equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

system malfunction (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

radar blocked (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning system

malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar

blocked (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control with Stop &

Go malfunction (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control with Stop &

Go radar blocked (if equipped) - Lamp malfunction - High Beam Assist malfunction

(if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) malfunction To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with

the ESC system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- ton.

For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

3

3-74

Convenient features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds:

When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the POWER button in the ACC or ON position. - At this time, you can start the vehi-

cle. - The indicator light goes off after

starting the vehicle.

This indicator light blinks for a few seconds:

When the smart key is not in the vehicle. - At this time, you cannot start the

vehicle.

This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:

If the smart key is in the vehicle and the POWER button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key. In this case, have your vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

When the battery voltage of the smart key is low. - At this time, you can not start the

vehicle. However, you can start the if you press the POWER button with the smart key. (For more details, refer to "Starting the vehicle" in chapter 5).

When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn Signal Indicator Light

This indicator light blinks:

When you operate the turn signal indicator.

If any of the following occurs, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system.

- The turn signal indicator light illu- minates but does not blink

- The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly

- The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all

If either of these conditions occur, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-75

Convenient features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the headlights are on and in the high beam position.

When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the tail lights or headlights are on.

ECO Mode Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates :

When you select "ECO" mode as drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in this chapter.

3

3-76

LCD Display Messages Shift to P This warning message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle with the gear in the N (Neutral) position. At this time, the POWER button changes to the ACC position (If you press the POWER button once more, it will turn to the ON position).

Low Key Battery This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is dis- charged while changing the POWER button to the OFF position.

Press POWER button while turning wheel This warning message is displayed if the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the POWER button is pressed. You should press the POWER button while turning the steering wheel right and left.

Check Steering Wheel Lock System This warning message is displayed if the steering wheel does not lock nor- mally while the POWER button changes to the OFF position.

Press brake pedal to start vehicle This warning message is displayed if the POWER button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal. You can start the vehicle by depress- ing the brake pedal.

Key not in vehicle This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the POWER button. When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-77

Convenient features of your vehicle

Key not detected This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the POWER button.

Press POWER button again This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the POWER button was pressed. If this occurs, attempt to start the vehicle by pressing the POWER but- ton again. If the warning message appears each time you press the POWER button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Press POWER button with key This warning message is displayed if you press the POWER button while the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed. At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected. You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the vehicle. If that is not possible, you can start the vehicle by pressing the POWER but- ton for 10 seconds in the ACC posi- tion.

Shift to P to start vehicle This warning message is displayed if you try to start the vehicle without shifting to the P (Park) position.

Door / Hood / Liftgate open

This warning is displayed indicating which door, or the hood, or the lift- gate is open.

3

OFE048110

Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.

CAUTION

3-78

Sunroof open

This warning is displayed if you turn off the vehicle when the sunroof is open.

Low Pressure

This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corre- sponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Check headlight (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the headlamps are not operating properly. The headlamp bulb may need to be replaced.

Information Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.

For more details, refer to "Bulb Wattage" in chapter 8.

Check headlamp LED (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlamp. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

Convenient features of your vehicle

OFE048111 OFE048150L

3-79

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check headlamp FAN (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with headlamp fan. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Lights Mode This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.

Wiper This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.

Check Virtual Engine Sound System

This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). In this case, have your vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the High Beam Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in chapter 3.

Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

3

OFE048153L

3-80

Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Blind- Spot Collision Warning system. Have the vehicle inspected by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Blind- Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) or Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" (BCW) System in chapter 5.

Check Smart Cruise Control System (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Smart Cruise Control system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go" in chapter 5.

Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Driver Attention Warning (DAW). Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chap- ter 5.

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- tem" in chapter 5.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-81

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control but- tons.

(1) : MODE button for changing modes

(2) , : MOVE switch for changing items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

OFE048431L

3-82

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD Display Modes

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

Consumption Info Route Guidance Driver Attention Warning The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.

Accumulated Info Destination Info Tire Pressure

Drive Info

Digital Speedometer

Menu

Trip Computer TBT Assist Master warning

Up/Down

3-83

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Trip computer mode

The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed.

For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Information mode

Tire Pressure

This mode displays information relat- ed to Tire Pressure.

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

OFE048154N OFE048119N OFE048155L

3-84

Convenient features of your vehicle

Driver Attention Warning

This mode displays information relat- ed to Driver Attention Warning (DAW).

For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chap- ter 5.

Warning mode If one of followings occurs, warning messages will be displayed on the LCD display for several seconds. - Low washer fluid - Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system malfunction (if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) - High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc-

tion (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) malfunction (if equipped)

OFE048156L

3-85

Convenient features of your vehicle

The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- tem that displays information related to driving.

Information Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.

i

TRIP COMPUTER

3

Tripmeter Fuel Economy Timer

Accumulated Info

Tripmeter Fuel Economy Timer

Drive Info

Average Fuel Economy Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

Energy Flow

OFE048431L

3-86

Convenient features of your vehicle

Average fuel economy/ Instant fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

The average fuel economy is calcu- lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.

The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati- cally.

Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 sec- ond when the average fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic reset To automatically reset the average fuel economy, select between "After Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN screen. - After ignition: When the vehicle has

been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically.

- After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after refueling.

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min- imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalcu- lated.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

The instantaneous fuel economy is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving.

i

OFE048154N

3-87

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is accumulated start- ing from the last reset. To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simul- taneously.

The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the vehicle is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min- imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalcu- lated.

Drive Info display

This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the vehicle has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset. To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.

i

OFE048472N OFE048473N

3-88

Convenient features of your vehicle

The driving information will continue to be counted while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a mini- mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

Digital speedometer

This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.

Energy Flow

The fuel cell vehicle system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 3 modes.

For more details, refer to "Energy Flow" in the fuel cell Vehicle Guide provided in front of the owner's manual.

i

OFE048128N OFE048163L

3-89

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

LIGHTING Exterior Lights Lighting control To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:

1. OFF position 2. AUTO headlamp position 3. Parking lamp position 4. Headlamp position

Daytime running light (DRL)

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will turn the dedi- cated lamp OFF when : The headlamps are ON. The parking lamps are ON. The vehicle is turned off. The parking brake is engaged.

AUTO headlamp position (if equipped)

The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor (1) on the crash pad.

Even with the AUTO headlamp fea- ture in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driv- ing in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.

OOS047404N

OFE048061

3-90

Convenient features of your vehicle

Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.

Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.

If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coat- ing on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly.

Parking lamp position ( )

The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

Headlamp position ( )

The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

Information The POWER button must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.

i

NOTICE

OOS047405N OOS047406N

3-91

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.

To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.

High Beam Assist (HBA)

The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.

Operating condition

1. Place the headlamp switch in the AUTO position.

2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( ) indicator will illuminate.

Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.

WARNING

OOS047407N

OOS047408N

OOS047409N

3-92

Convenient features of your vehicle

3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). If the headlamp switch is pushed

away when the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.

If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without the High Beam Assist (HBA) canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.

If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist (HBA), the low beam will be on and the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off.

If the headlamp switch is placed to the headlamp ON position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the high beam switches to low beam if any of the following con- ditions occur : - When the headlamp of an on-com-

ing vehicle is detected. - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in

front is detected. - When the headlamp or tail lamp of

a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect- ed.

- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.

- When streetlights or other lights are detected.

- When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position.

- When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is off.

- When vehicle speed is below 22 mph (35 km/h).

Warning light and message

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will come on for a few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- tem checked.

OFE048164L

3-93

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The system may not operate nor- mally if any of the following con- ditions should occur: 1) When the illumination from

an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such examples may include:

When the headlamps of an on- coming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is covered with dust, snow, or water.

When the headlamps on an on- coming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON.

2) When the High Beam Assist camera is adversely affected by an external condition. Such examples may include:

When the vehicle's head- lamps have been damaged or not repaired properly.

When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly.

When the vehicle is driven on a narrow curved road or rough road.

When the vehicle is driven on an uphill road or downhill road.

When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.

When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror.

When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or cov- ered with snow.

When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.

When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.

When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light illuminates.

When the light from the on- coming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

When the front window is cov- ered with foreign matters such as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.

3) When the forward visibility is poor. Such examples may include:

When the headlamps of an on- coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is not detected due to poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.).

When the windshield visibility is poor.

WARNING

3-94

Convenient features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change signals

To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). If the direction change is completed, the operation is automatically can- celed. However, if the operation is not canceled automatically, set the lever to the center. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

OOS047410N

Do not attempt to disassem- ble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-cal- ibrated. Have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the windshield of your vehi- cle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-cali- brated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) sys- tem.

Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunc- tion if sunlight is reflected.

At times, the High Beam Assist (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road condi- tions for your safety.

When the system does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.

WARNING

3-95

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

One-touch turn signal function

To activate the One Touch Turn Signal function, push the turn signal lever up or down to position (B) and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN screen.

For more details, refer to the sepa- rately supplied Navigation manual.

Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to pre- vent the battery from being dis- charged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door. With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following: 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and

ON again using the headlamp switch on the steering column.

Headlight time-out function (if equipped) If the POWER button is placed in the ACC position or the OFF position with the headlamps ON, the head- lamps (and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the vehi- cle off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds. The headlamps (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position. You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the Vehicle Settings mode (Light) on the AVN screen.

For more details, refer to the sepa- rately supplied Navigation manual.

3-96

Convenient features of your vehicle

If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except dri- vers door), the battery saver func- tion does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be dis- charged. In this case, make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle.

Interior Lights

Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehi- cle is turned off or the battery will discharge.

Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the vehicle is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm sys- tem, the lamps will go off five sec- onds later.

Front lamps

Front Map Lamp (1) :

Press either lenses (Type A) or switches ( , Type B) to turn the map lamp on or off. This light pro- duces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger.

NOTICE

NOTICE

Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.

WARNING

OFE048063

3-97

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Front Room Lamp (2) ( ) :

Press the button to turn the front and rear room lamps on or off.

Front Door Lamp (3) ( ) :

The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened.When doors are unlocked by the smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approxi- mately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the POWER but- ton is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the POWER button in the ACC posi- tion or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.

Rear lamp

Rear Room Lamp ( ):

Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.

Luggage compartment lamp

The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened. If the liftgate is continuously opened, the luggage compartment lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.

OFE048065LOAEE046421

OFE048064

Type A

Type B

3-98

Convenient features of your vehicle

Vanity mirror lamp

Push the switch to turn the light on or off. : The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed. : The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or dam- age the sunvisor.

Glove box lamp

The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened. If the glove box is not closed, the lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.

To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the glove box securely after using the glove box.

Puddle lamp (if equipped)

Welcome light

When all doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by the remote key or smart key or outside door handle button.

For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS047055 OFE048433L OFE048066

3-99

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Escort light

When the vehicle is turned OFF and the driver's door is opened, the pud- dle lamp will come on for 30 sec- onds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30 seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the driver's door is closed and locked, the puddle lamp will turn off immediately. The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn on only the first time the driver's door is opened after the vehicle is turned off.

Welcome System (if equipped) Welcome light

Puddle lamp

With all the doors (and liftgate) closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed. 1. If 'Convenience Welcome mir-

ror/light On door unlock' is selected in the vehicle Settings mode on the AVN screen, the lamps will turn on when the

door lock button is pressed on the smart key.

the lamp will turn on when the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession.

2. If both 'Convenience Welcome mirror/light On door unlock' and 'Convenience Welcome mirror/ light On driver approach' is selected in the vehicle Settings mode on the AVN screen, the lamp will turn on when the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession.

You can activate or deactivate Welcome Light function from the vehicle Settings mode on the AVN screen.

For more details, refer to the sep- arately supplied "Navigation man- ual".

OFE048062N

3-100

Convenient features of your vehicle

Headlamp and parking lamp

When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and liftgate) are locked and closed, the parking lamp and headlamp will come on for 15 seconds when the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key. At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the parking lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately.

Interior lamp When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 sec- onds if any of the below is performed. When the door unlock button is

pressed on the remote key or smart key.

When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession.

At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the smart key the room lamp will turn off immediately.

3-101

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

A : Wiper speed control MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (pull lever towards you)

D : Rear wiper/washer control HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed OFF Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you)

Front Windshield Wipers Operates as follows when the POWER button is in the ON position. MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward and release. The wipers will oper- ate continuously if the lever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation. INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). The bottom setting will run the wipers the least frequently (for less rain).

LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OPD047454L

OTLA045318

Front windshield wiper/washer

Rear window wiper/washer

3-102

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

Front Windshield Washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.

i

When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.

WARNING

OTLE045164

3-103

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not oper- ate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.

To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.

To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed OFF Off

Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.

Auto rear wiper The rear wiper will operate while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON by selecting the function on the AVN screen. Go to 'Vehicle Settings Convenience Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.

NOTICE

OTLE045166

OTLE045165

3-104

Convenient features of your vehicle

DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System (if equipped)

[A] : Front Sensor, [B] : Rear Sensor

The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 39 inches (100 cm) in front and 47 inch- es (120 cm) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental sys- tem that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.

ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a col- lision.

Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.

Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effec- tiveness of the sensor.

WARNING

OFE048046N

OFE048047N

3-105

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Operation of the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System

Operating condition

This system will activate when the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/ Forward) system button is pressed with the POWER button in the ON position.

Sensing distance when backing up is approximately 47 in (120 cm) when you are driving less than 6 mph (10 km/h).

Sensing distance when moving for- ward is approximately 39 in (100 cm) when you are driving less than 6 mph (10 km/h).

The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system button turns on automatically and acti- vates the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) sys- tem when the gear is in the R (Reverse) position.

However, if vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected. And if vehicle speed exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h, without RSPA) or 18 mph (30 km/h, with RSPA), the system will turn off automatically.

* RSPA : Remote Smart Parking Assist

To turn on the system, press the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/ Forward) system button.

When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the clos- est one will be recognized first.

OFE048048

3-106

Convenient features of your vehicle

Non-operational conditions of Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may not operate normally when any of the following occur:

Moisture is frozen to the sensor. Sensor is covered with foreign mat-

ter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked.

The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may experience a malfunction when the following occurs:

Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.

Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motor- cycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.

Heavy rain or water spray is present. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor. The sensor is covered with snow.

Distance from object

Warning indicator Warning soundWhen driving

forward When driving

rearward

24 ~ 39 (61 ~ 100)

Front - Buzzer beeps intermittently

24 ~ 47 (61 ~ 120)

Rear - Buzzer beeps intermittently

12 ~ 24 (31 ~ 60)

Front Buzzer beeps

frequently

Rear - Buzzer beeps

frequently

12 (30)

Front Buzzer sounds continuously

Rear - Buzzer sounds continuously

Types of warning sound and indicator

inches (cm)

Information The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors

status. If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

3-107

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sen- sor installation has been modified.

Detecting range may decrease when:

Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.

Undetectable objects smaller than 40 inches (1 m) and narrower than 6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:

Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.

Objects, which tend to absorb sen- sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system pre- cautions The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system may not operate consistently in some cir- cumstances depending on the speed of the vehicle and the shapes of the objects detected.

The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.

The sensor may not recognize objects less than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.

When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the sys- tem may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor.

Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

Do not spray the sensors or its sur- rounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Doing so may cause the sensors to fail to operate normally.

Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or dam- age to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. Always drive safely and cau- tiously.

WARNING

3-108

Rear View Monitor (if equipped)

The Rear View Monitor will activate when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and the gear is in the R (Reverse) position. This is a supplemental system that helps provide a view of the area behind the vehicle through the AVN screen while the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position.

Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

OFE048049

OFE048050

The Rear view monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the mid- dle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.

WARNING

Never rely solely on the rear camera display when backing- up.

ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.

Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.

WARNING

3-109

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Surround View Monitoring (if equipped)

The Surround View Monitoring sys- tem can assist in parking by allowing the driver to see around the vehicle. Push the button (1, indicator ON) to operate the system. To cancel the system, push the button again (1, indicator OFF).

The system is activated when: The POWER button is in the ON

position The gear is in D (Drive), N

(Neutral) or R (Reverse) Vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15

km/h)

The system is deactivated when: You press the button (1) again Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15

km/h)

Information When vehicle speed is over 10 mph

(15 km/h), the system will turn off. The system will not automatically turn on again, even though vehicle speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/h). Push the button (1, indicator ON) again, to turn on the system.

When the vehicle is backing up, the system will turn ON regardless of vehicle speed or button status. However, if vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h) when driving for- ward, the SVM system will turn off.

A warning appears on the system when:

- The liftgate is opened

- The driver's door is opened

- The passenger's door is opened

- The outer side view mirror is folded

If the system is not operating normal- ly, the system should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to the sep- arately supplied manual with your vehicle.

i OFE048051

3-110

Convenient features of your vehicle

Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.

Driving Rear view Monitor (DRM) (if equipped)

You may check the rear view through the screen while driving.

The system is activated when: The POWER button is in the ON

position and the gear is in the N (Neutral) or D (Drive) position.

The vehicle's speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h) and you press the SVM button (1, indicator ON)

The vehicle's speed is under 10 mph (15 km/h) and you press the

(2) on the screen

The system is deactivated when: You press the SVM button (1, indi-

cator OFF) again You press any other view mode

buttons (3) on the screen again. You press the AVN system button

(4)

NOTICE

(1) Front camera (2) Left/Right cam-

era (3) Rear camera

Surround View Monitor system only serves to assist the driver in parking. ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle.

CAUTION

ODH047435

OFE048051

OFE048052L

3-111

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Information If vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15

km/h)

- the DRM image stays ON when the rear view was on the screen

- screen (top, front wide, front right and front left) of other modes of SVM system turns OFF and switches to the original AVN screen when other modes were on the screen

If the SVM system is ON and the vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 km/h)

- the rear image stays ON when the rear view was on the screen

- a pop-up for selecting the SVM mode (top, front wide, front right and front left) appears when press- ing any other view mode buttons (3) than (2) on the screen.

When the vehicle is backing up, the rear image will appear on the screen automatically regardless of vehicle speed or SVM button (1) status.

- If the rear image was ON, the screen switches to the parking assist screen.

- If the screen (top, front wide, front right and front left) of other modes of SVM system was ON, the screen for setting the initial rear view mode appears.

- When the shift gear is moved from R (Reverse) to D (Drive), the screen of the previous mode is dis- played.

A warning appears on the system when:

- The liftgate is opened

- The driver's door is opened

- The passenger's door is opened

- The outer side view mirror is folded

If the system is not operating nor- mally, the system should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to the sep- arately supplied manual with your vehicle.

i

3-112

Convenient features of your vehicle

REMOTE SMART PARKING ASSIST (RSPA) system helps drivers park their vehicle by using sensors to detect parking spaces, control the steering wheel, shift the gear and adjust vehicle speed automatically with instructions through sound and AVN screen.

Applicable RSPA modes :

Smart Parking/Remote Smart Parking:The system provides assis- tance for reverse parking (perpendi- cular parking) and parallel parking.

Smart Exit : The system provides assistance for forward parallel exit.

Remote Moving Forward/Backward: The system provides assistance for forward/backward movement in the parking space with driver outside the vehicle.

The system does not work if there is no car parked in front of the parking space you are planning to park or if it is a diagonal parking space. After parking your vehicle using the system, the vehicle may not be parked at the exact spot you have wished.

To prevent frequency interference, the heater and air conditioner may be turned off when the system is activated.

O : Available, X : Unavailable

Deactivate the system and park/exit your vehicle manually, when the situ- ation requires parking manually. The Parking Distance Warning sys- tem's front and rear warning sound and Surround View Monitor (SVM) system activate while RSPA is acti- vated. The system will be canceled if the Parking Distance Warning system is cancelled by pressing the button to the OFF position. For operation of the Parking Distance Warning system and the SVM system, refer to the relevant description in this manual.

REMOTE SMART PARKING ASSIST (RSPA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Assistance provided

Relevant function

Smart Parking O

Remote Smart Parking

O

Smart Parking O

Remote Smart Parking

O

Smart Exit O

Remote Smart Exit

X

Remote Moving Forward/ Backward

O

Reverse parking

OTM048058

Parallel parking

OFE048420

Parallel exit

OFE048421

Forward/Backward

OFE048054

Remote Smart Parking Assist button

Parking Distance Warning button

3-113

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Operating Condition Use the system when all the below conditions are met. When the parking space is a

straight line When there is a parked vehicle

next to the space where you want to park

When there is enough space to move the vehicle

When you choose "Confirm" on AVN booting.

The RSPA system should only be considered as a supple- mentary function. The driver must check the front and rear view for objects. The opera- tional function of the system can be affected by many fac- tors and conditions of the sur- roundings, so the responsibili- ty rests always with the driver.

The system may not operate normally if the vehicle needs wheel alignment adjustment. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er.

If you use a different tire or wheel size rather than the size recommended by the HYUNDAI dealer, the system may not work properly. Always use the same size tire and wheel.

WARNING

Do not use the system when in drunken state.

The system may not operate properly depending on the surrounding environment and other conditions.

The system may not recog- nize the object too close to the vehicle.

When operating the system, be careful of the objects locat- ed above or below the sensor position. Such object may damage the vehicle or other objects.

Do not let children or other person to use the smart key.

WARNING

3-114

Convenient features of your vehicle

Non-operating Condition In the following conditions, the RSPA system may not operate properly or be cancelled. Drive the vehicle man- ually in the below conditions. Curved parking space Inclined roads A vehicle loaded with longer or

wider cargo compared to the vehicle Diagonal parking space Heavy snow or rain Near a circular pillar or narrow pil-

lar, or a pillar surrounded by objects such as fire extinguisher, etc.

The sensor is positioned incorrectly by an impact to the bumper

Bumpy roads A vehicle equipped with a snow

chain or spare tire Tire pressure lower or higher than

the standard tire pressure A trailer connected to the vehicle Slippery or uneven road Around the vehicle with tow hitch

OFE048098

Left side - Parallel exit

Right side - Parallel exit

OFE048054

Remote forward/backward

OFE048097

Right side - Reverse parking

Left side - Reverse parking

OFE048096

Right side - Parallel parking

Left side - Parallel parking

3-115

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Big vehicles such as buses or trucks parked

Sensor covered with foreign mat- ter, such as snow or water

An obstacle such as a trash can, bicycle, shopping cart, etc. is near

Heavy wind Wheel changed to an unauthorized

size A problem with the wheel alignment Vehicle leaned severely to one side Front or rear distance sensors are

malfunction or not working properly. (Refer to the Parking Distance Warning system in chapter 3.)

Low level of the smart key that requires battery replacement

Limitations of the System When the vehicle has been

parked/stopped for a long time in a cold environment, the Remote Moving Forward/Backward may be delayed depending on the vehicle condition when the vehicle is turned on remotely.

The RSPA system may suddenly apply brake to avoid collision against stationary or moving object.

The system may be cancelled unexpectedly when a person or animal passes by near the vehicle.

The performance of the system may be degraded and frequently stop when driving in strong electric field area.

Right after the parking place search complete and beep sound is generated, the search complete may be cancelled according to the surrounding environment

Even while the system is in activa- tion, the vehicle may collide with the object existing within the blind- spot area of the sensor.

When there is any obstacle within the blind-spot area, drive out of the parking space manually.

The system may not recognize the object that appears suddenly.

The system does not work if there is no car parked in front of the parking space you are planning to park.

3-116

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Parking in snow

Snow may interfere with sensor operation or the system may cancel if the road is slippery while parking.

3. Parking in narrow space

The system may not search for parking spaces if the space is too narrow. Even if the system is operating, always be careful.

OFE048401 OTM048062

Do not use the RSPA system in the following conditions for unexpected results may occur and cause a serious accident. 1. Parking on inclines

Park and exit manually when you park on inclines.

WARNING

OFE048400

3-117

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

4. Parking diagonal

The system is not a supplemen- tal for diagonal parking. Even if the vehicle is able to enter the space, do not operate the System.

5. Parking in uneven road

The system may cancel when the vehicle slips or the vehicle couldn't move due to road con- dition.

6. Parking behind a truck

An accident may occur when parking behind a vehicle higher than yours. For example, bus, truck, etc. Do not solely rely on the Parking Assist system.

OTM048063 OFE048402 OFE048403

3-118

Convenient features of your vehicle

8. Using a Smart Exit in wall proximity conditions

When using a Smart Exit in nar- row and near a wall, the system may not work properly.

OTM048062

9. Parking in an empty parking place

The system does not work if there is no car parked in front of the parking space you are plan- ning to park. Park the vehicle manually.

OFE048424

7. Obstacle in parking space

When detecting for a parking space next to pillar, the parking performance may be degraded.

OFE048059N

3-119

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

How the System Works (Smart Parking) Smart Parking is available with the driver on board. Make sure the con- ditions available before activating the Smart parking function. 1. Select Smart Parking:

Press the RSPA button with the shift lever placed in D (Drive) or N (Neutral) position. However, the Smart Exit is

selected if you press the RSPA button when the gear is in N (Neutral) position after the initial startup.

2. Search for parking space: Slowly move forward below 12 mph (20 km/h)

3. Search complete: Automatic search by sensor. However, check the actual parking environment before parking the vehicle.

4. Select parking type: Reverse (left/right), parallel (left/right)

5. Operating instructions: Smart Parking/Remote Smart Parking

6. Smart Parking assist: Steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed control (reverse parking).

7. Parking complete: Smart Parking complete after reaching the park- ing position

After the parking is complete, arrange the vehicle position manu- ally, if necessary.

You can use Smart Parking after navigation or home screen display on AVN (You cannot use Smart Parking if you don't choose "Confirm" on AVN booting)

1. Selecting Parking mode

Press the Remote Smart Parking Assist button and the button indica- tor will illuminate.

The Parking Distance Warning but- ton will illuminate and the AVN screen will display the instruction screen. A warning sound will be heard if an obstacle is detected.

Always check for obstacles around your vehicle before driving.

The function may be can- celled if you attach something (cover, etc.) to the steering wheel.

CAUTION

OFE048414

Remote Smart Parking Assist button

Parking Distance Warning button

3-120

Convenient features of your vehicle

To deactivate the system: 1. Press the RSPA button again (until

the "Selecting parking mode" stage).

2. Shift the gear to R (Reverse) posi- tion before the operation of the Smart Parking assist.

3. Press the 'Cancel' button on the AVN screen while the Smart Parking is in activation.

4. Press the Parking Distance Warning button while the Smart Parking is in activation.

2. Searching for parking space

Slowly drive forward maintaining the distance of approximately 20 in ~60 in (0.5 ~1.5 m) with the parked vehicles.

If the vehicle speed is over 12 mph (20 km/h), a message will appear to notify you to reduce the speed.

To deactivate the parking function, press the RSPA button, the 'Cancel' button on the screen or the Parking Distance Warning but- ton.

The parking performance may be degraded if a regular distance from the parked vehicle is not maintained.

If the vehicle speed is over 19 mph (30 km/h), the system will be can- celled.

The search for a parking space will be completed only when there is enough space for the vehicle to move to park.

OFE048134L

3-121

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

When searching for a parking space, the system may not be able to find a parking space if there is no vehicle parked, a parking space is available after driving by or a parking space is available before driv- ing by.

The system may not operate normally in the following con- ditions: (1) When the sensors are

frozen (2) When the sensors are dirty (3) When it snows or rains

heavily (4) When a pillar or object is

near (5) Parked vehicle is abnor-

mally parked In above cases, the system may not search the parking space although the parking space exists. And the system may search the parking space although the parking space is not proper to park.

CAUTION

Slowly drive forward maintaining the distance of approximately 40 in. (100 cm) with the parked vehi- cles. If the distance is below 20 in. (50 cm) or over 60 in. (150 cm), the system may not be able to search for a parking space.

CAUTION

After searching for a parking space is completed, continue using the system after checking the surrounding area. Especially, check the distance of the outside rearview mirror and objects while using the sys- tem to prevent careless acci- dents.

CAUTION

OFE048474N

20 ~ 60 in.

3-122

Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Search complete

If the search is complete, the above message will appear with a ding- dong sound.

The search complete sound is gen- erated every time a parking space is searched. Icons indicating the selectable parking type and direc- tion are activated on the screen.

To deactivate parking function, press the RSPA button, the 'Cancel' button on the screen or the Parking Distance Warning button.

Keep driving forward to go back to the previous stage for searching the parking space.

4. Selecting parking type

With the vehicle stopped, select the icon for the desired parking type. To select the parking type, touch the AVN screen or operate the DIS central controller to select and press the icon.

To deactivate the parking function, press the RSPA button or the 'Cancel' on the screen or the Parking Distance Warning button.

Keep driving forward to go back to the previous stage for searching the parking space.

If the Smart Parking is deactivated when the driver presses the RSPA button by mistake before selecting the parking type, press the RSPA button while the vehicle is stopped to return to the stage for selecting the parking type.

OFE048135L

OFE048136L

OFE048404L

3-123

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

5. Operating instructions

After selecting the parking type, the driver can select the operation mode between the Smart Parking and Remote Smart Parking. Follow the instruction on the screen and press and hold the RSPA button to select the Smart Parking. To select the Remote Smart Parking put the shift gear in P (Park) position and follow the instruction.

To deactivate the parking assist function, press the 'Cancel' button on the screen or the Parking Distance Warning button.

To see the instruction for the Remote Smart Parking, refer to the relevant part of the manual.

Depress the brake pedal when selecting the operation mode. The function will be deactivated when the vehicle moves.

If the Remote Smart Parking is unavailable, the message is shown on the screen when select- ing the parking type.

Always be careful while parking for other vehicles or pedestrians.

WARNING

OFE048137L

OFE048138L

3-124

Convenient features of your vehicle

6. Smart parking assist

With the vehicle stopped, press and hold the RSPA button and then the steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed are controlled auto- matically.

The parking function will not oper- ate if the door is open or the dri- ver's seatbelt is unfastened.

If the driver releases the RSPA but- ton while the Smart Parking is in activation, the assist will stop tem- porarily.

The AVN screen will display the rear camera view when the vehicle is moving forward (if equipped with the Rear View Camera).

Depress the brake pedal to control the vehicle speed. The accelerator pedal will not activate. The system will be cancelled when the vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h).

7. Smart parking complete

Complete parking your vehicle according to the instructions on the AVN screen. If required, manually control the steering wheel and com- plete parking your vehicle.

When the parking is complete: The gear P (Park) and Electronic

Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged automatically.

Release the RSPA button.

The parking may complete bump- ing on the stopper.

When parking is complete, check the surrounding conditions.

OFE048139L

OFE048140L

OFE048141L

3-125

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To cancel the Smart Parking while in operation

(1) Press the RSPA button before selecting the operation mode.

(2) Shift the gear to to R (Reverse) position before the operation of the "Smart Parking assist" stage.

(3) Press the Parking Distance Warning button or the 'Cancel'button on the AVN screen.

(4) Driver controls the vehicle during the system assist

When the driver shifts the gear after depressing the brake pedal to stop the vehicle, the gear shifts and the Smart Parking is deactivated. In this case, the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is not engaged.

The Smart Parking assist will stop temporarily when:

(1) An obstacle at the direction the vehicle is heading is detected.

(2) The door or liftgate is open. (3) The drivers seatbelt is unfas-

tened. (4) The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system is activated while reversing.

(5) The driver releases the RSPA button.

(6) The drivers stops the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.

The vehicle stops when the Smart Parking assist will stop temporari- ly and the Smart Parking assist will resume when the above condi- tion is cleared.

If the Parking Distance Warning system warning sound (distance from object is within 12 in. (30 cm): continuous beep) occurs, check the surrounding.

CAUTION

3-126

Convenient features of your vehicle

The Smart Parking assist is can- celled while in operation when:

(1) The driver holds the steering wheel while the steering wheel is controlled

(2) The gear is shifted or the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is activated

(3) The hood opens (4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3

mph (5 km/h) (5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly (6) The vehicle slips back while the

vehicle speed is controlled (7) The wheel is stuck and the vehi-

cle is unable to move (8) The obstacles are at the front and

back of the vehicle at the same time

(9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds have passed after the Smart Parking assist is activated

(10) The door opens while the drivers seatbelt is unfastened

(11) The gradient of the road exceeds the range supported by the Smart Parking assist

(12) The steering, shifting gear and drive assist are impossible

(13) The suspended status lasts for over 1 minute

(14) The driver continuously presses and releases the RSPA button over 10 times

(15) The vehicle is unable to enter the parking space while the Smart Parking assist is in acti- vation

(16) The Traction Control System (TCS) is activated while the vehicle speed is controlled

When the Smart Parking assist is cancelled, gear P (Park) and Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged automatically.

How the System Works (Remote Smart Parking) Remote smart Parking is available with the driver outside the vehicle. Make sure the conditions available before activation the Remote smart parking function.

1. Select Remote Smart Parking: Press the RSPA button with the shift lever placed in D (Drive) or N (Neutral) position. However, the Smart Exit is select- ed if you press the RSPA button when the vehicle is in N (Neutral) position after the initial startup.

2. Search for parking space: Slowly move forward below 12 mph (20 km/h).

3. Search complete: Automatic search by sensor. However, check the actual parking environment before parking the vehicle.

4. Select parking type: Reverse (left/right), parallel (left/right)

5. Operating instructions: Smart Parking/Remote Smart Parking

6. Remote Smart Parking assist: Steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed control (reverse parking)

7. Remote Smart Parking complete

3-127

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

You can use Smart Parking after navigation or home screen display on AVN(You cannot use Smart Parking if you don't choose "Confirm" on AVN booting)

6. Remote smart parking assist

Put the shift gear in P (Park) position. Exit the vehicle possessing the smart key and check whether all the doors are closed. The Remote Smart Parking assist will operate only if the driver presses the smart key button within about 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle. Press and hold the moving forward or backward button on the smart key and then the steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed are controlled automatically.

OFE048414

OFE048422

Remote Smart Parking Assist button

Parking Distance Warning button

Remote start button

Moving forward button

Moving backward button

OFE048142L

3-128

Convenient features of your vehicle

If the driver releases the button the vehicle will stop and the assist will stop temporarily. Press and hold the button again to resume the operation.

You will hear frequent beep sounds if the driver gets off the vehicle after setting the Remote Parking mode.

Press the moving forward or back- ward button again after checking the distance (within about 10 ~ 16 ft. (3~5 m)) from the vehicles if the vehicle didnt move after pressing and holding the smart key button for about 5 seconds.

7. Remote smart parking com- plete

When the parking is complete, the message is displayed on the AVN screen and the vehicle is automati- cally turned off. Drivers always should check whether the door, win- dow and sunroof are closed and the door is locked. When parking is complete: - The parking complete sound (fre-

quent beep) is generated. - The gear P (Park) and Electronic

Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged automatically.

Release the moving forward/back- ward button on the smart key.

The parking may complete bump- ing on the stopper.

When parking is complete, check the surrounding conditions.

Always check for obstacles around your vehicle before driving.

The function may be can- celled if you attach something (cover, etc.) to the steering wheel.

Make sure all the passengers exit the vehicle when the Remote Smart Parking is assisted.

Make sure all the smart keys are outside the vehicle.

The smart key detection range from the vehicle may vary depending on the sur- rounding environment (indoor/outdoor, strong elec- tric field area).

The smart key detection range may change as the vehicle moves. Maintain an appropriate distance from the vehicle.

CAUTION

3-129

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To cancel the Remote Smart Parking while in operation

(1) Press the RSPA button at the "Searching for parking space" stage or the "Selecting parking type" stage.

(2) Shift the gear to R (Reverse) position before the operation of the Remote Smart Parking assist.

(3) Press the Parking Distance Warning button or the 'Cancel' button on the AVN screen.

(4) Driver controls the vehicle during the system assist.

The Remote Smart Parking is immediately cancelled and the vehicle turns off when the remote start button on the smart key is pressed.

The function is cancelled but the vehicle stays on when the driver enters the vehicle with the smart key and all the doors are closed or the driver depresses the brake pedal.

The Remote Smart Parking assist will stop temporarily when:

(1) An obstacle at the direction the vehicle is heading is detected.

(2) The door or liftgate is open. (3) The moving forward/backward

button on the smart key is released.

(4) Multiple buttons on the smart key are pressed at the same time.

(5) The distance between the smart key and vehicle is over 13 ft (4m).

(6) A button on the other smart key is pressed.

(7) Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist system is acti- vated while reversing.

The vehicle stops when the Remote Smart Parking assist will stop temporarily and the Remote Smart Parking assist will resume when the above condition is cleared.

The Remote Smart Parking assist is cancelled while in operation when:

(1) The driver holds the steering wheel while the steering wheel is controlled

(2) The gear is shifted or the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is activated

(3) The hood opens (4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph

(5 km/h) (5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly (6) The vehicle slips back while con-

trolling the vehicle speed (7) The wheel is stuck and the vehicle

is unable to move (8) Obstacles are at the front and

back of the vehicle at the same time

(9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds have passed after the Remote Smart Parking assist

(10) The gradient of the road exceeds the range supported by the Remote Smart Parking assist

(11) The steering, shifting gear and drive assist are impossible

3-130

Convenient features of your vehicle

(12) The suspended status lasts for over 1 minute

(13) The driver continuously presses and releases the smart keys moving forward/backward but- ton over 10 times

(14) The vehicle is unable to enter the parking space

(15) The Traction Control System (TCS) is activated while control- ling the vehicle speed

(16) The smart key has failure (17) The accelerator/brake pedal is

depressed while all the doors are closed

(18) The brake pedal is depressed while the drivers door is open and the smart key is outside the vehicle

(19) The theft alarm system is acti- vated

When the Remote Smart Parking assist is cancelled, gear P (Park) and Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged automatically. After engaged, the vehicle is auto- matically turned off.

Frequent beep sounds will gener- ate to alert the deactivation of the Remote Smart Parking Assist.

How the System Works (Smart Exit) Smart exit is available with the driver on board. Make sure the conditions available before activation the Smart parking function. 1. Select Smart Exit:

Press the RSPA button with the shift lever placed in P (Park) or N (Neutral) position without driving the vehicle after the initial startup. *N (Neutral): Press RSPA button after starting the vehicle and with- out driving the vehicle. The Smart Exit is selected. Then the Parking mode is automatically selected after driving. *P (Park): After driving the vehicle press RSPA button and Remote Moving Forward/Backward is automatically selected.

2. Search for smart exit space: Automatic searching by sensor at stop

However, check the actual envi- ronment before using Smart exit function.

3. Select smart exit direction: Parallel (left/right)

4. Smart Exit assist: Steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed con- trol (parallel exit)

5. Smart Exit complete

After the Smart Exit is complete, make sure to check the surrounding road conditions.

However, the Exit mode is activated when below conditions are met: The vehicle speed is kept under 3

mph (5 km/h) after the vehicle is turned on.

The parallel parking by the Remote Smart Parking assist is complete.

Always be careful while exiting for other vehicles or pedestrians.

WARNING

3-131

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

You can use Smart Parking after navigation or home screen display on AVN(You cannot use Smart Parking if you don't choose "Confirm" on AVN booting)

1. Selecting smart exit mode

Press the RSPA button and the button indicator will illuminate.

The Parking Distance Warning but- ton will illuminate and the AVN screen will display the instruction screen. A warning sound will be heard if an obstacle is detected.

To deactivate the system: 1. Press the RSPA button again (until

the "Selecting for smart exit direc- tion" stage).

2. Shift the gear to R (Reverse) posi- tion before the operation of the Smart Exit assist.

3. Press the 'Cancel' button on the AVN screen while the Smart Exit is in activation.

4. Press the Parking Distance Warning button while the Smart Exit is in activation.

Remote Smart Parking Assist button

Parking Distance Warning button

Always check for obstacles around your vehicle before driving.

The function may be can- celled if you attach something (cover, etc.) to the steering wheel.

CAUTION OFE048414

3-132

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Searching for smart exit space

With vehicle stopped, the Parking Distance Warning system sensors detect the distance from/to the objects in front/back of the vehicle to search for an exit space.

Also, the sensors at the vehicle side-front checks for the obstacle in the direction of exit.

To deactivate the exit function, press the RSPA button, the Cancel button on the screen or the Parking Distance Warning but- ton.

The system searches for the exit space again when the system enters the Smart Exit mode by pressing the RSPA button after the deactivation.

The system still searches for the exit space when the gear is shifted to the other positions than R (Reverse). However, the function will be deactivated when the vehi- cle moves.

OFE048143L When checking surroundings,

if the front or rear vehicle (or object) is too near, the system may not work properly.

The system may not operate normally in the following con- ditions: (1) When the sensors are

frozen (2) When the sensors are dirty (3) When it snows or rains

heavily (4) When a pillar or object is

near

(5) Parked vehicle is abnor- mally parked

In above cases, the system may not search the exit space although the exit space exists. And the system may search the exit space although the exit space is not proper to Smart exit.

When exiting the parking space if an obstacle is detect- ed that may cause an acci- dent, the system may cancel. However, objects in the blind spot may not be recognized. Be sure to check it before using function.

If the space is too small to exit, the system may cancel.

CAUTION

3-133

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

3. Selecting smart exit direction

With the vehicle stopped, select the icon of the direction you wish to exit. To select the exit direction, touch the AVN screen or operate the DIS central controller to select and press the icon.

To deactivate the exit function, press the RSPA button, the 'Cancel' button on the screen or the Parking Distance Warning but- ton.

The system searches for the exit space again when the system enters the Smart Exit mode by pressing the RSPA button after the deactivation.

The system still searches for the exit space when the gear is shifted to the other positions than R (Reverse). However, the function will be deactivated when the vehi- cle moves.

OFE048144L

If searching surroundings is completed, continue using the system after checking the sur- rounding area.

The Exit mode may be activat- ed unintentionally, when the shift gear is in P (Park) or N (Neutral) and the Parking Assist system button is pressed.

CAUTION

3-134

Convenient features of your vehicle

4. Smart exit instructions

Follow the instructions on the screen and press and hold the RSPA button to select the Smart Exit.

To deactivate the Smart Exit, press the Cancel button on the screen or the Parking Distance Warning but- ton.

The system still searches for the exit space when the gear is shifted to the other positions than R (Reverse). However, the function will be deactivated when the vehi- cle moves.

5. Smart exit assist

With the vehicle stopped, press and hold the RSPA button and then the steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed are controlled auto- matically.

OFE048145L

Always check the surrounding before driving your vehicle if the Parking Distance Warning sound (distance from object is within 12 in. (30 cm): con- tinuous beep) is heard for the object is close to your vehicle.

The function may be can- celled if you attach something (cover, etc.) to the steering wheel.

The function can be can- celled for safety reasons if the vehicle is parked at a small space near a wall.

CAUTION

OFE048165N

OFE048166N

3-135

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The exit function will not operate if the door is open or the drivers seatbelt is unfastened.

If the driver releases the RSPA but- ton while the Smart Exit assist is in activation, the assist will stop tem- porarily.

The AVN screen will display the rear camera view when the vehicle is moving forward (if equipped with the Rear View Camera).

Depress the brake pedal to control the vehicle speed. The accelerator pedal will not activate.

6. Smart exit complete

When the exit is complete, the mes- sage is displayed on the AVN screen. Turn the steering wheel to the direc- tion of exit as much as possible and exit manually after checking the road condition.

When exit is complete: - The vehicle stays in stopped con-

dition for 4 seconds and waits for the driver' to operate manually (depress brake/accelerator pedal.)

- If the driver does not operate manually after 4 seconds, the system stays in the stopped con- dition by applying the safety measure (engage gear P (Park) and Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)).

Release the RSPA button after the exit is complete.

If the Smart Exit has been com- pleted while depressing the accel- erator pedal, take your foot off the pedal and depress again for man- ual operation.

If the Smart Exit has been com- pleted while depressing the brake pedal, the gear D (Drive) is main- tained.

OFE048146L

3-136

Convenient features of your vehicle

To cancel the Smart Exit while in operation

(1) Press the RSPA button at the "Searching for smart exit space" stage or the "Selecting for smart exit direction" stage.

(2) Shift the gear to R (Reverse) position before the operation of the Smart Exit assist.

(3) Press the Parking Distance Warning button or the 'Cancel' button on the AVN screen.

(4) Driver controls the vehicle during the system assist

The function is deactivated when the driver stops the vehicle by depress- ing the brake pedal and shifts the gear. In this case, the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is not engaged.

The Smart Exit assist will stop tem- porarily when:

(1) An obstacle at the direction the vehicle is heading is detected.

(2) The door or liftgate is open. (3) The driver's seatbelt is unfas-

tened. (4) The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system is activated while reversing.

(5) The driver releases the RSPA button.

(6) The driver stops the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.

The vehicle stops when the Smart Exit assist will stop temporarily and the Smart Exit assist will resume when the above condition is cleared.

The Smart Exit assist is cancelled while in operation when:

(1) The driver holds the steering wheel while the steering wheel is controlled

(2) The gear is shifted or the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is activated

(3) The hood opens (4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3

mph (5 km/h) (5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly (6) The vehicle slips back while con-

trolling the vehicle speed (7) The wheel is stuck and the vehi-

cle is unable to move (8) Obstacles are at the front and

back of the vehicle at the same time

(9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds have passed after the Smart Exit assist

(10) The door opens while the dri- ver's seatbelt is unfastened

(11) The gradient of the road exceeds the range supported by Smart Exit assist

3-137

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

(12) The steering, shifting gear and drive assist are impossible

(13) The suspended status lasts for over 1 minute

(14) The driver continuously presses and releases the RSPA button over 10 times

(15) The Traction Control System (TCS) is activated while control- ling the vehicle speed

(16) The vehicle's heading degree (A) exceeds a certain amount of degree compare to the degree at the point when the Smart Exit assist started

When the Smart Exit assist is can- celled, gear P (Park) and Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged automatically.

How the System Works (Remote Moving Forward/ Backward) Remote moving forward/backward is available with the driver outside the vehicle. Make sure the conditions available before activation the Remote moving forward/backward function.

1. Remote Moving Forward/Backward ready : Put the gear shift in P (Park) position and press the RSPA but- ton with the vehicle on. Then exit the vehicle possessing the smart key. To use this function,

- the vehicle must have been driven over 3 mph (5 km/h) and

- the vehicle is not turned off before activating the function.

2. Remote Moving Forward/Backward assist: Press and hold the moving forward/backward button of the smart key to provide the Remote Moving Forward/Backward assist through steering wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed control.

3. Remote Moving Forward/Backward complete: When the vehicle reach- es the desired position, release the smart key button. Then complete the Remote Moving Forward/ Backward by entering the vehicle possessing the smart key or by pressing the remote start button of the smart key.

OFE048405

3-138

Convenient features of your vehicle

1. Remote moving ready You can activate the Remove Moving Forward/Backward as below.

Park the vehicle in front of the space where you desire to use the Remote Moving Forward/ Backward. Press the RSPA button and select the Remote Moving Forward/Backward. Exit the vehicle possessing the smart key and check whether all the doors are closed.

When the Remote Moving Forward/ Backward is ready by the above method, You can use Smart Parking after navigation or home screen dis- play on AVN(You cannot use Smart Parking if you don't choose "Confirm" on AVN booting)

OFE048414

OFE048422

Remote Smart Parking Assist button

Parking Distance Warning button

Remote start button

Moving forward button

Moving backward button

OFE048142L

3-139

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

You will hear frequent beep sounds if the driver gets off the vehicle after the Remote Moving Forward/Backward is ready.

2. Remote moving forward/back- ward assist

With the vehicle stopped, press and hold one of the moving for- ward/backward button and then the steering wheel, gear shift and vehi- cle speed are controlled automati- cally.

If the driver releases the moving for- ward/backward button while the Remote Moving Forward/Backward is in activation, the control will stop temporarily. Press the button again to resume the control.

For your safety, the assist is acti- vated only when the smart key is within about 10~16 ft. (3~5 m) from the vehicle.

The vehicle can travel up to 23 ft. (7 m) per move. Press the moving forward/backward button to make additional movement.

Press the moving forward/back- ward button again after checking the distance from the vehicles if the vehicle didn't move after pressing and holding the smart key button for about 5 seconds.

Under cold weather, take enough time before pressing the moving forward/backward button of the smart key after turning on the vehicle remotely. It may take more time until the vehicle moves.

OFE048409

3-140

Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Remote moving forward/back- ward complete

The Remote Moving Forward/ Backward is complete after the driv- er enters the vehicle possessing the smart key, when the vehicle reaches the desired position. In this case, the vehicle stays on.

When Remote Moving Forward/ Backward assist is complete, the gear P (Park) and Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged automatically.

The parking complete sound (fre- quent beep) is generated.

To cancel the Remote Moving Forward/Backward while in operation

(1) Press the remote start button on the smart key.

(2) Shift the gear to to R (Reverse) position while the Remote Moving Forward/Backward is instructed.

(3) Press the Parking Distance Warning button or the 'Cancel' button on the AVN screen while the Remote Moving Forward/ Backward is instructed.

(4) Driver controls the vehicle during the system assist

The Remote Moving Forward/ Backward is immediately cancelled and the vehicle turns off when the remote start button on the smart key is pressed

The function is cancelled but the vehicle stays on when the driver enters the vehicle with the smart key and all the doors are closed or the driver depresses the brake pedal.

OFE048410L

Always be careful of unexpected approach of the other vehicles or pedestrians.

WARNING

Always check for obstacles around your vehicle before driving.

The function may be can- celled if you attach something (cover, etc.) to the steering wheel.

Make sure all the passengers exit the vehicle when the Remote Moving Forward/ Backward is in activation.

Make sure all the smart keys are outside the vehicle when the Remote Moving Forward/ Backward assist is in activa- tion.

CAUTION

3-141

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The Remote Moving Forward/ Backward assist will stop tem- porarily when:

(1) An obstacle at the direction the vehicle is heading is detected.

(2) The door or liftgate is open. (3) The moving forward/backward but-

ton on the smart key is released. (4) Multiple buttons on the smart key

are pressed at the same time. (5) The distance between the smart

key and vehicle is over 13 ft. (4 m). (6) A button on the other smart key is

pressed. (7) Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system is activated while reversing.

(8) The vehicle moves 23 ft. (7m) (maximum travel distance per move) with the Remote Moving Forward/Backward while the smart key is pressed.

The vehicle stops when the Remote Smart Parking assist will stop tem- porarily and the Remote Smart Parking assist will resume when the above condition is cleared.

The Remote Moving Forward/ Backward assist is cancelled while in operation when:

(1) The driver holds the steering wheel while the steering wheel is controlled

(2) The gear is shifted or the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is activated

(3) The hood opens (4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph

(5 km/h) (5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly (6) The vehicle slips back while con-

trolling the vehicle speed (7) The wheel is stuck and the vehi-

cle is unable to move (8) Obstacles are at the front and

back of the vehicle at the same time

(9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds have passed after the Remote Moving Forward/Backward assist

(10) The gradient of the road exceeds the range supported by Remote Moving Forward/ Backward assist

(11) The steering, shifting gear and drive assist are impossible

(12) The suspended status lasts for over 1 minute

(13) The driver continuously presses and releases the smart key's moving forward/backward but- ton over 10 times

(14) The Traction Control System (TCS) is activated while control- ling the vehicle speed

(15) The smart key has failure (16) The accelerator/brake pedal is

depressed while all the doors are closed

(17) The brake pedal is depressed while the driver's door is open and the smart key is outside the vehicle

(18) The vehicle travels more than 46 ft. (14 m) after the Remote Moving Forward/Backward assist is activated

(19) The smart key's remote start button is pressed

3-142

Convenient features of your vehicle

(20) The theft alarm system is acti- vated

When Remote Moving Forward/ Backward is complete, the gear P (Park) and Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged auto- matically and the vehicle turns off.

The frequent beep sounds are generated to show the deactiva- tion status.

Additional Instructions (Messages) When the Remote Smart Parking Assist system is in operation, the system may be cancelled regardless of the instruction order. The messages will appear according to the circumstances. Follow the instructions provided while driving your vehicle with the Remote Smart Parking Assist system in activation.

Check parking assist

If there is a problem with the system, the above message will appear when the system is turned on. Also, the indicator on the RSPA but- ton will blink and the warning sound will beep three times. (The Parking Distance Warning sys- tem can be operable depending on the failure type.) If you notice any problem, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE048411L

3-143

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Parking assist conditions not met

When the Remote Smart Parking Assist system is not getting ready for activation, the above message will appear when the RSPA button is pressed. Press the RSPA button again after a while and check the normal opera- tion of the system.

OFE048412N

Vehicle status Turn signal

Smart Parking/Remote Smart Parking assist in activation

The turn signal of the parking direction blinks until the first reversing is complete or deactivated while parking

Smart Exit assist in activation The turn signal of the exiting direction blinks until the exit is complete or deacti- vated

Turn Signal Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation The turn signal indicates the vehicle status as follows when the Smart Parking, Remote Smart Parking or Smart Exit is in activation:

3-144

Convenient features of your vehicle

Vehicle status Hazard lamp Smart key LED

Remote Smart Parking assist in activation

- Green LED blinks continu- ously

Remote Smart Parking assist temporarily stopped/in stand by

Flashing Red LED blinks continu- ously

Remote Smart Parking deactivated

Off after 3 flashes Red LED illuminates for about 4 seconds and then extinguishes

Remote Smart Parking complete

Off after one flashes Green LED illuminates for about 4 seconds and then extinguishes

Smart key/Hazard lamp Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation The LED on the smart key indicates the vehicle status as follows when the Remote Smart Parking or Remote Moving Forward/Backward is in activation:

OFE048423

3-145

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Link with other Systems Activation of other systems may be restricted according to the circum- stances while the RSPA system is in activation. The systems linked to the RSPA system are as follows: 1. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) sys-

tem (1) SCC system can be operated at

the same time with the RSPA system until the "Searching for parking space" stage.

(2) The SCC system is deactivated when the RSPA system enters the "Remote Smart Parking assist" stage.

(3) After the RSPA system is com- plete or deactivated, the SCC system maintains the deactiva- tion status.

2. Auto Hold (1) The activated Auto Hold is

switched to deactivation status when the RSPA system is activat- ed.

(2) The Auto Hold button will not respond while the RSPA system is in activation.

(3) After the RSPA system is com- plete or deactivated, the Auto Hold will return to the state before the RSPA system was activated.

3. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) (1) Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

system switches from OFF to activation status (ESC OFF but- ton turns off) when the RSPA sys- tem is activated.

(2) The ESC OFF button will not respond while the RSPA system is in activation.

(3) The ABS/TCS/ESC system acti- vates while the RSPA is in activa- tion.

(4) After the RSPA system is com- plete or deactivated, ESC main- tains the ON status.

3-146

Convenient features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OFE048300/OFE048308

1. Drivers temperature control knob

2. Passengers temperature control knob

3. SYNC button

4. Front windshield defroster button

5. Fan speed control button

6. OFF button

7. AUTO (automatic control) button

8. Air intake control button

9. Rear window defroster button

10. Driver only button

11. Mode selection button

12. Air conditioning button

Type A

Type B

3-147

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Automatic Temperature Control Mode The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature. 1. Press the AUTO button (7).

The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be con- trolled automatically by the tem- perature setting you select.

2. Press the temperature control but- ton (1,2) to the desired tempera- ture. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air con- ditioning system will operate con- tinuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the but- ton to a proper temperature set point whenever possible.

To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following: - Mode selection button - Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)

- Fan speed control button The selected function will be con- trolled manually while other functions operate automatically. For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72F (22C).

Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heat- ing and cooling system.

Manual Temperature Control Mode The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following: - Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode or Recirculation mode posi- tion.

5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

NOTICE

OFE048068N

3-148

Convenient features of your vehicle

OFE048302

The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system.

Mode selection (11)

3-149

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:

Face-Level (B, D, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (4) (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

3-150

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument panel vents

The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.

The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever. The instrument panel air vents are the "click-to-close" type. To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following: - For the driver side vents, slide the

vent adjustment lever to the LEFT until it clicks.

- For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the LEFT until it clicks.

Temperature control (1,2)

Press the up/down switch to increase/ decrease the temperature.

OFE048303

Front

OFE048304

Rear

OFE048309N

3-151

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally

Press the "SYNC" button to oper- ate the driver and passenger side temperature equally. The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature.

Push the driver side temperature control switch. The driver and pas- senger side temperature will be adjusted equally.

Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually

Press the "SYNC" button again to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The button indicator will turn off.

Temperature conversion

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit. To change the temperature unit from F to C or C to F: - Press the AUTO button while press-

ing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.

- Go to General settings mode Unit Temperature in the AVN display.

The temperature unit on both the cluster LCD display and climate con- trol screen will change.

Air intake control (8) The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

OFE048310N

3-152

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only when needed.

Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.

In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.

Fan speed control (5) The fan speed can be set as desired by pushing the fan speed control but- ton. More air is delivered with higher fan speeds. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.

Operating the fan when the POWER button is in the ON posi- tion could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.

Operating the fan when POWER button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a pro- longed period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This may lead to loss of vehicle control which may lead to an accident.

Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the wind- shield and obscure visibility.

Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for pro- longed periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-153

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Air conditioning (12) Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illu- minate) and off.

OFF mode (6) Push the OFF button to turn the cli- mate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake but- tons.

Driver only

If you press the DRIVER ONLY but- ton( ) and the indicator light illuminates, cold air mostly blows in the direction of the driver's seating position. However, some of the cold air may be vented out of other seat- ing position ducts to keep indoor air pleasant. If you use the button with no passen- ger in the front passenger seat, ener- gy consumption may be reduced.

DRIVER ONLY button will be turned off under the following conditions: 1) Defrost on (the DRIVER ONLY

button indicator is not turned off) 2) DRIVER ONLY button re-push

DRIVER ONLY

OFE048311

3-154

Convenient features of your vehicle

System Operation Cooling / Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed. 5. If desired, turn the air conditioning

ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehu- midify the air before it enters into the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor & Defrost mode or press the Front Defrost mode.

Operation Tips

If dust or unpleasant fumes are entering the car through the venti- lation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recircula- tion mode. Return the control to the fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished.This will help keep the driver alert and com- fortable.

To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and the fan speed to the desired posi- tion, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition- ing system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Press the air conditioning button. 3. Select the Face Level mode. 4. Set the air intake control to

Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.

5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.

3-155

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when out- side temperatures. Air condition- ing system operation when climb- ing a steep grade or in high out- side ambient temperatures can cause fuel cell stack overheating. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates fuel cell stack overheating.

Air conditioning system operation tips

If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.

After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recircu- lation mode to fresh mode.

To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the win- dows and sunroof closed.

Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per- formance.

If you operate air conditioner exces- sively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed.

System Maintenance Cabin air filter

[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core

The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air condition- ing system. Have the The cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance sched- ule.

NOTICE

OIK047401L

3-156

Convenient features of your vehicle

If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads and/or if transporting pets or occupants smoke inside the vehicle, then more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required. If the air flow rate suddenly decreas- es, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air con- ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrig- erant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.

The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

The actual Air Conditioning refriger- ant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrig- erant label.

NOTICE

ODH043366

Example

Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serv- iced by trained and cer- tified technicians. It is important that the cor-

rect type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehi- cle and personal injury.

WARNING

3-157

Convenient features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

3

For maximum defrost perform- ance, set the temperature control to the highest temperature setting and the fan speed control to the highest setting.

If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.

Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear win- dow, side view mirrors, and all side windows.

Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster effi- ciency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the wind- shield.

Automatic Temperature Control System

To defog inside windshield

1. Select the desired fan speed. 2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-

matically. Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF). If the position is selected, the fan speed is automatically increased.

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi- tion during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temper- ature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the wind- shield to fog up, causing loss of visibility could cause an acci- dent resulting in serious injury or death. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control knob or button to a lower speed.

WARNING

OFE048305

3-158

Convenient features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.

2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically. If the position is selected, fan speed may increase slightly to improve airflow.

Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are con- trolled automatically according to certain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or reset the defogging logic, do the following.

Automatic climate control system

1. Turn the POWER button to the ON position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.

The Automatic Temperature Control information screen will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or negative (-) battery cable is discon- nected, it resets to the defog logic status.

OFE048306

3-159

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System) (if equipped) Auto defogging helps reduce the pos- sibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.

Information The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below 14 F (-10 C).

When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indi- cator will illuminate.

If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled. The following steps will be performed automatically: Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON. Step 2) The air intake control will

change to Fresh mode. Step 3) The mode will be changed to

defrost to direct airflow to the windshield.

Step 4) The fan speed will be set to MAX.

If the air conditioning is off or recircu- lated air position is manually select- ed while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System

Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the POWER button is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. When the Auto Defogging System is reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal.i

3-160

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information When the air conditioning is turned

on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.

To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.

When the Auto Defogging System is operating, the fan speed adjustment button, the temperature adjustment knob, and the air intake control but- ton are all disabled.

Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

Rear Window Defroster

To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting ele- ments bonded to the inside sur- face of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.

If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to the "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" section in this chapter.

The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.

To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center control panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illumi- nates when the defroster is ON.

To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.

Information If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.

The rear window defroster automat- ically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the POWER button is in the OFF position.

Side view mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

3-161

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Automatic Ventilation (if equipped) When the POWER button is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and tempera- ture is below 59F (15C) with the recirculated air position selected more than five minutes, the air intake position will automatically change to the outside (fresh) air position.

To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation

When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and press the recirculation mode button five times within three seconds while pressing A/C button. When the Automatic Ventilation fea- ture is enabled, the recirculation but- ton LED indicator will blink 6 times. When the Automatic Ventilation fea- ture is disabled, the recirculation but- ton LED indicator will blink 3 times.

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation (if equipped) When the heater or air conditioning system is on with the sunroof opened, the fresh mode will be auto- matically selected. If you press the recirculation mode button with the sunroof open, recirculation mode activate but will only remain enabled for 3 minutes. After 3 minutes the air intake control will revert back to Fresh mode. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the orig- inal position that was selected.

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES

3-162

Convenient features of your vehicle

To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.

Center Console Storage

To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.

Glove Box

To open: Pull the lever (1).

NOTICE

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem- peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com- partment covers closed secure- ly while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

WARNING

ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the pas- senger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.

WARNING

OFE048070 OFE048071

3-163

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Cup Holder Front

Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.

Rear

Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OFE048074

OFE048075

On center console

OFE048073

Above glove box

Placing any heavy objects other than cups or small beverages may damage the cup holder.

WARNING

Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control result- ing in an accident.

WARNING

3-164

Convenient features of your vehicle

Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/elec- tronic system and damage elec- trical/electronic parts.

When cleaning spilled liquids do not use hot air to blow out or dry the cup holder. This may dam- age the interior.

Sunvisor

To use the sunvisor, pull it down- ward. To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it down- ward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side towards the window (2). To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or back- ward (4) as needed. Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.

NOTICE

Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.

WARNING

Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision.

Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

OTM048089

3-165

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Close the vanity mirror cover secure- ly and return the sunvisor to its origi- nal position after use.

Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.

Power Outlet

The power outlet is designed to pro- vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode.

To prevent damage to the Power Outlets : Use the power outlet only when

the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the acces- sory plug for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle off could cause the battery to discharge.

Only use 12V electric acces- sories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.

Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.

Close the cover when not in use. Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet.These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other elec- tronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.

NOTICE

NOTICE

For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvi- sor.

WARNING

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand.

WARNING

OFE048077

3-166

Convenient features of your vehicle

Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.

Plug in battery equipped electri- cal/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electri- cal/electronic system and cause system malfunction.

AC Inverter (if equipped)

The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipments.

Information Rated voltage : AC 115V

Maximum electric power : 150W

In order to avoid an electrical sys- tem failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to read owner's manual before use.

Be sure to close the cover except the time of use.

iOFE048080N

OUMA046410

3-167

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the AC inverter while the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode.

When not using the AC inverter, make sure to close the AC invert- er cover.

After using an electric accessory or equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving the accessory or equip- ment plugged in for a long time may cause battery discharge.

Do not use an electric accessory or equipment the power con- sumption of which is greater than 150W (115V).

Some electric accessories or equipments can cause electron- ic interference. It may cause excessive audio noise and mal- functions in other electric sys- tems or devices in the vehicle.

Do not use broken electric accessories or equipments, which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle.

Do not use two or more electric accessories or equipments at the same time. It may cause damage to the electrical sys- tems of the vehicle.

When the input voltage is lower, outlet LED will blink and the AC inverter will turn off automatical- ly. If the input voltage goes up to normal, the AC inverter will turn on again.

NOTICE

To reduce a risk of serious or fatal injuries: Do not use a heated electric

device such as a coffeepot, toaster, heater, iron, etc.

Do not insert foreign objects into the outlet and do not touch the outlet as you may get shocked.

Do not let children touch the AC inverter.

WARNING

3-168

Convenient features of your vehicle

USB Charger

The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size elec- trical devices using a USB cable. The electrical devices can be recharged when the POWER button is ON. Insert the USB charger into the USB port, and re-charge a smart phone or a tablet PC. The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.

A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging sys- tem.

A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charg- ing method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.

The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media.

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System

On certain models, the vehicle comes equipped with a wireless cel- lular phone charger. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the POWER button is ON.

OFE048078 OFE048079

3-169

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To charge a cellular phone The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone manufacturer's website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology. The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled cellular phone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charg- ing unit. If not, the wireless charg- ing process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad ( ).

2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is complete.

3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire- less charging function in the Vehicle Settings mode on the AVN screen. For further information, refer to the separately supplied "Navigation manual".

If your cellular phone is not charging: - Slightly change the position of the

cellular phone on the charging pad.

- Make sure the indicator light is orange.

The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system. In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to charge your cellular phone again. The system warns you with a mes- sage on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the POWER button is in the OFF position and the front door is opened.

Information For some manufacturer's cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunc- tion of the wireless charging.

The wireless cellular phone charging system may not sup- port certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).

When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cell phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experi- ence higher heat conduction.

In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.

When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged.

NOTICE

i

3-170

Convenient features of your vehicle

The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when tem- perature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. Stop the charg- ing cellular phone and wait until temperature falls to a certain level.

The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and the cellular phone.

When charging some cellular phones with a self-protection fea- ture, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.

If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.

If the cell phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wire- less charging may not operate properly.

Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process.

When any cellular phone without a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibil- ity of the object placed on the charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the cellular phone in any way.

Information If the POWER button is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.

Information This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

Clock

Select the Vehicle Settings menu on the AVN screen Select [Date/Time]. GPS time: Displays time according

to the received GNSS time. Daylight saving time : The clock is

adjusted forward one hour. Time format : Switches to 12 hour

or 24 hour.

For more details, refer to the sepa- rately supplied Navigation manual.

i

i

Do not attempt to adjust the clock while driving. Doing so may result in distracted driving which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or death.

WARNING

3-171

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Coat Hook

These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.

OFE048081

Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the cur- tain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or per- sonal injury.

WARNING

OOS047066OOS047065

Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.

WARNING

3-172

Convenient features of your vehicle

Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in the lug- gage compartment, you can use the 4 holders located in the luggage board to attach the luggage net. Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the luggage board.

The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi- cle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.

Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.

Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weath- er rubber mat on top of a car- peted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with drivers side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal opera- tion, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

WARNING

Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over- stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage. Use the luggage net to keep only light items from shifting in the luggage compartment.

WARNING

OFE048082

3-173

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Cargo Security Screen (if equipped)

Use the cargo security screen to cover items stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen

1. Pull the cargo security screen towards the rear of the vehicle by the handle (1).

2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the guide (3).

Information Pull out the cargo security screen with the handle in the center to prevent the guide pin from falling out of the guide.

When the cargo security screen is not in use:

1. Pull the cargo security screen backward and up to release it from the guides.

2. The cargo security screen will automatically slide back in.

Information The cargo security screen may not automatically slide back in if the cargo security screen is not fully pulled out. Pull the cargo screen out all the way and then slowly allow the screen to retract back into the mecha- nism.

i

i

OFE048084

OFE048083

3-174

Convenient features of your vehicle

To remove the cargo security screen

1. Push one side of the cargo screen inward to compress the spring mechanism and release the screen from the vehicle.

2. While the mechanism is com- pressed, pull out the cargo security screen.

OFE048085

Do not place objects on the cargo security screen. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possi- bly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.

Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.

Maintain the balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as forward as possible.

WARNING

3-175

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Roof Side Rails (if equipped)

If your vehicle comes equipped with roof side rails, then roof rack cross- bars can be installed on top of your vehicle. The roof rack crossbars are an accessory and are available at your local HYUNDAI dealer.

If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation.

When carrying cargo on the roof rack, take the necessary precau- tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle.

When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width.

NOTICE

NOTICE

EXTERIOR FEATURES

The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly as possible onto the roof rack and secure the load firmly. Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle.

The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.

Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carry- ing items on the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carry- ing large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you.

To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving, check fre- quently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.

WARNING

ROOF 220 lbs. (100kg) RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

OFE048086

Multimedia System

Multimedia system.................................................4-2 USB and iPod port..........................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering wheel audio controls .......................................4-3 Bluetooth Wireless Technology ..................................4-4 Blue Link center .............................................................4-4 Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-4

4

4-2

Multimedia System

Information If you install an aftermarket HID

headlamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may malfunction.

Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- er, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.

USB and iPod port

You can use an USB port to plug in an USB and an iPod port.

Information When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device's power source.

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Antenna Shark fin antenna

The shark fin antenna will receive the AM, FM broadcast signals, SXM, LTE and transmit data.i

i MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM

OFE048089

OFE048087

4-3

M ultim

edia System

4

Steering Wheel Audio Control

Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultane- ously.

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) Press the VOLUME (+) switch up

to increase volume. Press the VOLUME (-) switch down

to decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you release the button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/RW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA- TION UP/DOWN button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button.

MODE (3) Press the MODE button to toggle through Radio, SXM, or media modes.

MUTE ( ) (4) Press the MUTE button to mute the

sound. Press the MUTE button again to

activate the sound.

Information Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the separately supplied manual with the vehicle.

i

NOTICE

OFE048088

Bluetooth Wireless Technology

(1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone

Detailed information for the Bluetooth hands-free is described in a separate- ly supplied manual with the vehicle.

Blue Link center

For details, refer to the Blue Link

Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual or Audio Manual.

Audio / Video / Navigation sys- tem (AVN) Detailed information for the AVN sys- tem is described in a separately sup- plied manual with the vehicle.

4-4

Multimedia System

OFE048090

OFE048026N

OFE048476N

Driving your vehicle

5

Before Driving ........................................................5-4 Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4 Before Starting ..................................................................5-4

Power Button..........................................................5-6 POWER Button Positions.................................................5-7 Starting the Vehicle ..........................................................5-9 Turning Off the Vehicle .................................................5-10

Reduction Gear.....................................................5-11 Reduction Gear Operation ............................................5-11 Parking...............................................................................5-13 LCD Display Messages...................................................5-13 Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-16

Paddle Shifter (Regenerative Braking Control)..................................................................5-17 Braking System ....................................................5-18

Power Brakes...................................................................5-18 Disc Brake Wear Indicator ............................................5-19 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-19 Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-25 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-29 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-31 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-34 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-36 Good Braking Practices.................................................5-36

Drive Mode Integrated Control System............5-37 Drive mode change alert...............................................5-38 ECO mode climate control ............................................5-38

Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) System ...................................................................5-39

System Setting and Activation.....................................5-39 FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-41 FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front View Camera).......5-44 System Malfunction .......................................................5-46 Limitations of the System.............................................5-47

Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-avoidance Assist..............5-53

System Description .........................................................5-53 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-54 Warning and System Control .......................................5-57 Detecting Sensor (Front View Camera and Rear Corner Radar) ........................................................5-59 Limitations of the System.............................................5-62

Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/ Rear Cross-traffic Collision-avoidance Assist (RCCA) ...................................................................5-67

System Description .........................................................5-67 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-68 Warning and System Control .......................................5-69 Limitations of the System.............................................5-73

5

Blind-Spot View Monitor System......................5-77 Operating conditions ......................................................5-77 Blind-Spot View Monitor system warning ...............5-78

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System...................5-79 LKA System Operation...................................................5-80 Warning Light and Message.........................................5-83 Limitations of the System.............................................5-85 LKA System Function Change......................................5-86

Lane Following Assist (LFA) System.................5-87 LFA operation...................................................................5-88 Warning message............................................................5-90 Limitations of the system .............................................5-92

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System.........5-94 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-94 Resetting the System.....................................................5-95 System Standby...............................................................5-96 System Malfunction .......................................................5-96

Smart Cruise Control With Stop & Go System .............................................................5-98

Smart Cruise Control Switch ........................................5-99 To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ....................................................5-100 To Convert to Cruise Control Mode .........................5-100 Smart Cruise Control Speed .......................................5-101

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance...........................................................................5-105 Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead .5-108 Limitations of the System...........................................5-110

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert .....................5-116 System Setting and Activation ..................................5-116

Special Driving Conditions ................................5-118 Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-118 Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-118 Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-119 Driving at Night .............................................................5-119 Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-119 Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-120 Highway Driving ............................................................5-120 Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ...............................5-121

Winter Driving ....................................................5-122 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-122 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-124

Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-126 Tire Loading Information Label .................................5-126

Trailer Towing.....................................................5-131

5-3

Driving your vehicle

5

Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the wind- shield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the liftgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

5-4

Driving your vehicle

Before Entering the Vehicle Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.

Remove frost, snow, or ice. Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage. Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks. Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting Make sure the hood, the liftgate,

and the doors are securely closed and locked.

Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.

Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.

Verify all the lights work. Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all

passengers have fastened their seatbelts.

Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the mes- sages on the instrument display when the POWER button is in the ON position.

Check that any items you are car- rying are stored properly or fas- tened down securely.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

An wide variety of automobile components including compo- nents found in the interior fur- nishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addi- tion, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc- tive harm.

WARNING

BEFORE DRIVING

5-5

Driving your vehicle

5

NEVER drink or take drugs and drive. Drinking or taking drugs and driv- ing is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, percep- tions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reac- tion time gets worse with each additional drink. Driving while under the influ- ence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.

WARNING You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driv- er or call a taxi.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- lowing precautions: ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be prop- erly belted whenever the vehi- cle is moving. For more infor- mation, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedes- trians may be careless and make mistakes.

Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.

Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.

WARNING

5-6

Whenever the front door is opened, the POWER button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.

POWER BUTTON

Driving your vehicle

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- lowing precautions: NEVER allow children or any

person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the POWER button or related parts. Unexpected and sud- den vehicle movement can occur.

NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the POWER button or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control result- ing in an accident.

WARNING

OFE058001

To turn the vehicle off in an emergency: Press and hold the POWER but- ton for more than two seconds OR Rapidly press and release the POWER button three times (within three seconds).

If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the vehicle without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the POWER button with the gear in the N (Neutral) position.

WARNING

NEVER press the POWER but- ton while the vehicle is in motion except in an emer- gency. This will result in the vehicle turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional con- trol and braking function, which could cause an accident.

Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the POWER button to the OFF posi- tion, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

WARNING

5-7

Driving your vehicle

5

POWER Button Positions

Button Position Action Notice

OFF

To turn off the vehicle, press the POWER button with the gear in P (Park). Also, the vehicle will turn off when the POWER button is pressed with the gear in D (Drive) or R (Reverse) because the gear automatically shifts to the P (Park) position. But, when it is pressed in N (Neutral), the POWER button will go to the ACC position.

ACC

Press the POWER button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal. Some electrical accessories are usable.

5-8

Driving your vehicle

Button Position Action Notice

ON

Press the POWER button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal.

Do not leave the POWER button in the ON position when the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode to prevent the battery from dis- charging.

START

To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal and press the POWER button with the gear in the P (Park) position.

If you press the POWER button without depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle does not start and the POWER button changes as follows: OFF ACC ON OFF or ACC

5-9

Driving your vehicle

5

Starting the Vehicle Information The vehicle will start by pressing the

POWER button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.

Even if the smart key is in the vehi- cle, and when it is far away from the driver, the vehicle may not start.

When the POWER button is in the ACC or ON position, any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. When the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indica- tor will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on. When all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when in the ACC position or if the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.

1. Always carry the smart key with you.

2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5. Press the POWER button. If the

vehicle starts, the " " indicator will come on.

Information Always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal.

If ambient temperature is low, the " " indicator may remain illumi- nated longer than the normal amount of time.

i

i

Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip- flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.

Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.

WARNING

5-10

Driving your vehicle

To prevent damage to the vehicle: If the " " indicator turns off while you are in motion, do not attempt to shift to the P (Park) position.

To prevent damage to the vehicle: When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot normally start the vehicle. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the vehicle by pressing and holding the POWER button for 10 seconds with the POWER button in the ACC position. Do not press the POWER button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown. For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the vehicle.

Information If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.

Turning Off the Vehicle 1. Depress the brake pedal fully. 2. Shift to P (Park). 3. Apply the parking brake. 4. Press the POWER button to turn

the vehicle off. 5. Make sure the " " indicator

light on the instrument cluster is turned off.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OFE058004

If the " " indicator light on the instrument cluster is still on, the vehicle is not turned off and can move when the gear is in any position except P (Park).

CAUTION

5-11

Driving your vehicle

Reduction Gear Operation

Select gear positions by pressing the shift button. For your safety, always depress the brake pedal while shifting to another gear.

Gear position

The indicator in the instrument clus- ter displays the gear position when the POWER button is in the ON posi- tion.

REDUCTION GEAR

5

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) posi- tion, then set the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehi- cle movement can occur if these precautions are not fol- lowed.

WARNING

OFE058005L

OFE058006

5-12

Driving your vehicle

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park), press the [P] button. If you turn off the vehicle in D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the gear automatical- ly shifts to P (Park).

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle backward. To shift to R (Reverse), press the [R] button while depressing the brake pedal.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and gear are not engaged. To shift to N (Neutral), press the [N] button while depressing the brake pedal. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear. In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts to turn off the vehicle, the gear remains in N (Neutral) and the POWER button will be in the ACC position. To turn off the vehicle from the ACC position, press the [P] button within 3 minutes. The vehicle will shift to P (Park) and turn off.

When the drivers door is opened within 3 minutes with the POWER button in the ACC position and the gear in N (Neutral), the vehicle is automatically turned OFF and shifted to the P (Park) position.

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position. To shift to D (Drive), press the [D] button while depressing the brake pedal.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the gear is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the vehicle off.

Do not use the P (Park) posi- tion in place of the parking brake.

WARNING

5-13

Driving your vehicle

5

Shift-lock system For your safety, your vehicle has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) : 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the vehicle or place the

POWER button in the ON position. 3. Press the R (Reverse) or D (Drive)

button.

When the battery (12 V) is dis- charged You cannot shift the gear when the battery is discharged. Jump start your vehicle (refer to Jump Starting in chapter 6) or con- tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Parking Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

LCD Display Messages Shifting conditions not met

The message appears on the LCD display when driving speed is too fast to shift the gear. Decrease the vehicle speed or slow down before shifting the gear.

OFE058128L

5-14

Driving your vehicle

Press brake pedal to change gear

The message appears on the LCD display, when the brake pedal is not depressed while shifting the gear. Depress the brake pedal and then shift the gear.

Shift to P after stopping

The message appears on the LCD display when the gear is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is moving. Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park).

Gear already selected

The message appears on the LCD display when the selected gear but- ton is pressed again.

OFE058129L

OFE058130L OFE058132L

5-15

Driving your vehicle

5

Shift button held down

The message appears on the LCD display when the shift button is con- tinuously pressed or there is problem with the button. Make sure that there is no object over the shift button. If the problem persists, immediately have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check shift controls

The message appears on the LCD display when there is problem with the shift buttons. Immediately have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er.

PARK malfunction. Engage parking brake when parking vehicle

The message appears on the LCD display when there is problem with function engaging P (Park) position. Immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE058133L OFE058134L

OFE048438L

5-16

Driving your vehicle

Good Driving Practices Never shift to P (Park) or N

(Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.

Never shift to P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

Do not shift to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident.

Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.

Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the gear in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident

Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belt- ed occupant.

Avoid high speeds when cor- nering or turning.

WARNING

Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.

The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.

Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.

In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.

HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.

5-17

Driving your vehicle

The paddle shifter is used to adjust the regenerative braking rate from 0 to 3 during decelerating or braking. Left side ( ): Increases regener-

ative braking and deceleration. Right side ( ): Decreases

regenerative braking and decelera- tion.

Pull and hold the left side paddle shifter to change to 0.

Pull and hold the left side paddle shifter to change to 3.

Information The paddle shifter does not operate when:

Both Paddle shifters are pulled at the same time.

The Smart Cruise Control system is activated.

The vehicle is shifted to P (Park), R (Reverse) and N (Neutral).

If the battery is fully charged when descending down a long or steep hill, the regenerative braking is not working even though operat- ing the paddle shifter. In this case, depress the brake pedal to brake the vehicle. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your paddle shifter and brakes.

The selected regenerative braking rate is displayed on the instrument cluster.

What Does Regenerative Braking Do? It uses the electric motor when decelerating or braking which trans- forms vehicle motion (kinetic energy) to electrical energy to charge the high voltage batteries.

NOTICE

i PADDLE SHIFTER (REGENERATIVE BRAKING CONTROL)

5

OFE058136NOFE058017

5-18

Power Brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage. If the power is not supplied such as battery discharge, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, how- ever, will be longer than with power brakes. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupt- ed. Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con- trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKING SYSTEM

Driving your vehicle

Take the following precautions: Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, exces- sive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.

When descending down a long or steep hill, use the pad- dle shifter (left side lever) to increase regenerative braking control in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continu- ously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per- formance.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fash- ion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, light- ly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintain- ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes func- tion correctly.

WARNING

5-19

Driving your vehicle

5

Do not continue depressing the brake pedal if the " " indica- tor is OFF. The battery may be discharged.

Noise and vibration generated during braking is normal.

Under normal operation, electric brake pump noise and motor vibration may occur temporarily in below cases. - When the pedal is depressed

suddenly. - When the pedal is repeatedly

depressed in short intervals. - When the ABS function is acti-

vated while braking.

Disc Brake Wear Indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.

Information Always replace brake pads as com- plete front or rear axle sets.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):

1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull the EPB switch upwards. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light comes on.

With the AUTO HOLD feature enabled, the EPB is automatically applied when the vehicle is shut off.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OFE058019

5-20

Driving your vehicle

However, if the Auto Hold function is not activated, the EPB is not auto- matically applied even though the vehicle stops and turned off.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake), press the EPB switch in the following condition:

Have the POWER button in the ON position.

Depress the brake pedal. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off.

To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically:

Shifted to P (Park) With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive).

Shifted to N (Neutral) With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

Under the following conditions 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. 3. Close the driver's door, hood

and liftgate. 4. Depress the accelerator pedal

while the gear is in D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

The Parking Brake Warning Light should be turned off when the EPB is released.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not oper- ate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

WARNING

OFE058020

5-21

Driving your vehicle

5

Information For your safety, you can engage the

EPB even though the POWER but- ton is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.

For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.

If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the sys- tem checked an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:

Requested by other systems If the driver turns the vehicle off

while Auto Hold is operating, EPB will be automatically applied.

Warning messages

To release EPB, fasten seatbelt and close door, hood and liftgate

If you try to drive with the EPB applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

If the driver's seat belt is not fas- tened and the hood or liftgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

If there is a problem with the vehi- cle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.

If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.

NOTICE

i

OFE058137N

5-22

A click sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.

When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.

The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied.

When you automatically release EPB by depressing the accelera- tor pedal, depress it slowly.

AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.

NOTICE

Driving your vehicle

To prevent unintentional move- ment when stopped and leav- ing the vehicle, do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Set the parking brake and make sure the vehi- cle is securely positioned in P (Park).

Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.

All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestrians.

WARNING

OFE058138L

5-23

Driving your vehicle

Parking brake automatically engaged

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

EPB malfunction indicator

This warning light illuminates if the POWER button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximate- ly 3 seconds if the system is operat- ing normally. If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the POWER button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned. If this occurs, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not work- ing properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

If the EPB warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB may not be applied.

If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warn- ing light is on, press the switch, then pull it up. Once more press it back to its original position and pull it back up. If the EPB warning does not go off, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

5

OFE058139L

OFE058023

5-24

Parking brake warning light Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the POWER button to the ON posi- tion (do not start the vehicle).

This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the POWER button in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF. If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- sible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con- tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.

Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency brak- ing is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch.

Information During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the sys- tem is operating.

If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have the system checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release

If the EPB does not release normal- ly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the sys- tem checked.

NOTICE

i

Driving your vehicle

Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is mov- ing except in an emergency sit- uation.

WARNING

5-25

Driving your vehicle

Auto Hold The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driv- er brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.

Set up

1. With the driver's door, liftgate and hood closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position.

2. When you stop the vehicle com- pletely by depressing the brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green.

3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal.

4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.

5 OFE058024

OFE058025

White

White

Green

5-26

Leaving

If you press the accelerator pedal with the gear in D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.

If the vehicle is restarted using the cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise control is operating, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. (if equipped with Smart Cruise Control system)

Cancel

To cancel the Auto Hold operation, press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off. To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill, press the [AUTO HOLD] switch while depressing the brake pedal.

Information The Auto Hold does not operate

when:

- Driver's door is opened

- Liftgate is opened

- Hood is opened

- The gear is in P (Park)

- The EPB is applied

For your safety, the Auto Hold auto- matically switches to EPB in such cases:

- Driver's door is opened

- Liftgate is opened

- Hood is opened

- The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes

- The vehicle is standing on a steep slope

- The vehicle moved several times

i

Driving your vehicle

OFE058026

Light off

When driving off from Auto Hold by depressing the acceler- ator pedal, always check the surrounding area near your vehicle. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start.

WARNING

5-27

Driving your vehicle

In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving again, depress the brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake man- ually with the EPB switch.

If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

While operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise.

If there is a malfunction with the driver's door, liftgate or hood open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Warning messages

Parking brake automatically engaged

When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

NOTICE

5

Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.

For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle.

WARNING

OFE058139L

5-28

AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear. Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.

Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD

If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door, Hood and liftgate

When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door, hood and liftgate are not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the LCD display. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door, hood and liftgate.

Driving your vehicle

OFE058140L OFE058191NOFE058138L

5-29

Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.

Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active. ABS does not reduce the time or dis- tance it takes to stop the vehicle. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather con- ditions.

5

An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehi- cle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions. Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions: Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.

WARNING

On roads where the road sur- face is pitted or has different surface height.

Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.

The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.

5-30

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili- ty. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steer- ing wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road. On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake sys- tem may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the POWER button is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continu- ously, the ABS will be active con- tinuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the vehicle off. Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a prob- lem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Information When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

i

NOTICE

Driving your vehicle

If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normal- ly. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

5-31

Driving your vehicle

5

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the electric vehicle control system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.

ESC operation ESC ON condition

When the POWER button is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.

OFE058030

Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

WARNING

5-32

Driving your vehicle

When operating

When the ESC is in opera- tion, the ESC indicator light blinks:

When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal.This is normal and it means your ESC is active.

When the ESC activates, the vehi- cle may not respond to the acceler- ator as it does under routine condi- tions.

If the Smart Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Smart Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Smart Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Smart cruise control with stop & go sys- tem" later in this chapter.

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation :

State 1

Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate. In this state, the trac- tion control function of ESC is dis- abled, but the brake control function of ESC still operates.

State 2

Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 sec- onds. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction & Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC and the brake control function of ESC are disabled. If the POWER button is placed to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehi- cle, the ESC will automatically turn on again.

OFE058142N

OFE058143N

5-33

Driving your vehicle

5

Indicator lights

When the POWER button is pressed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks when- ever the ESC is operating. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- ble. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.

ESC OFF usage When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel torque. To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.

NOTICE

ESC indicator light (blinks)

ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.

WARNING

5-34

Driving your vehicle

Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be cov- ered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce vehicle power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessive- ly while these lights are dis- played.

When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

Information Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system opera- tion.

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking sud- denly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.

VSM operation VSM ON condition

The VSM operates when: The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is on. Vehicle speed is approximately

above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve roads.

Vehicle speed is approximately above 18 mph (30 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating

When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sen- sation in the brake pedal. This is nor- mal and it means your VSM is active.

i

NOTICE

Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM): ALWAYS check the speed and

the distance to the vehicle ahead.The VSM is not a substi- tute for safe driving practices.

Never drive too fast for the road conditions.The VSM sys- tem will not prevent acci- dents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.

WARNING

5-35

Driving your vehicle

5

Information The VSM does not operate when:

Driving on a banked road such as a gradient or incline.

Driving in reverse.

The ESC OFF indicator light is on.

The EPS (Electric power steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks.

VSM OFF condition

To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC OFF button. ESC OFF indicator light ( ) will illuminate. To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button again. The ESC OFF indicator light will go out.

Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the VSM system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.

NOTICEi

If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have the vehi- cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

5-36

Driving your vehicle

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 5 seconds and releas- es the brake after 5 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

Information The HAC does not operate when the

gear is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).

The HAC activates even when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off. However, it does not activate, when the ESC does not operate nor- mally.

Good Braking Practices

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- ing, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location. Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling for- ward.

i

Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a com- plete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift to the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Vehicles parked with the park- ing brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadver- tently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.

WARNING

Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on a incline. The HAC acti- vates only for approximately 5 seconds.

WARNING

5-37

Driving your vehicle

The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition. The system resets to be in the NOR- MAL mode (except if it is in ECO mode), when the vehicle is restarted.

Information If there is a problem with the instru- ment cluster, the drive mode will be in NORMAL mode and may not change to ECO mode.

The mode changes, as below, whenever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.

Press and hold the DRIVE MODE button to select ECO+ mode.

ECO mode ECO mode improves bat- tery charge use efficiency for eco-friendly driving.

When ECO mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate.

If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, when the vehicle is turned OFF and restarted the Drive Mode set- ting will remain in ECO mode.

Information Battery charge use efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.

When ECO mode is activated: The acceleration response may be

slightly reduced as the accelerator pedal is depressed moderately.

The air conditioner performance may be limited.

The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is acti- vated to improve fuel efficiency.

i

i

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

5

OFE058033

NORMAL ECO

5-38

Driving your vehicle

ECO+ mode ECO+ mode improves fuel efficiency with ultra power saving driving mode.

When ECO+ mode is selected by pressing and holding the DRIVE MODE button, the ECO+ indicator will illuminate.

Distance to empty may not change when the air conditioner/heater system is off. However, actual dis- tance may be extended.

Air conditioner/heater system turns off (except the defroster) but you may turn it on if necessary.

When the drive mode is switched from the ECO+ mode to a different mode, it is changed to air condi- tioner/heater operation status of the ECO mode.

Whenever the vehicle is restarted, the Drive Mode will reverse back to NORMAL mode.

If ECO + mode is activated, the maximum vehicle speed is limited below 60 mph (100 km/h).

Drive mode change alert The driver can select the Drive mode change alert on the AVN screen. Go to "Vehicle settings Drive mode Drive mode change alert".

The information, which will be shown whenever the drive mode is changed.

[Detailed alert] : A change of the drive mode is shown by an image of the vehicle.

[Simple alert] : A change of the drive mode is indicated by a short message on top of the screen.

[No alert] : A change of the drive mode is not indicated.

ECO mode climate control ECO Mode Climate Control helps extend driving range by reducing the heating and cooling power of the cli- mate control. The driver can activate/deactivate the system on the AVN screen. Go to "Vehicle settings Drive mode Eco mode climate control".

5-39

Driving your vehicle

5

The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclists in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.

System Setting and Activation System setting The driver can activate the FCA by

placing the power button to the ON position and by selecting on the AVN screen : "Vehicle settings Driver assis- tance Forward safety" - If you select "Active assistance",

the FCA system activates. The FCA produces warning mes- sages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.

- If you select "Warning Only", the FCA system activates and pro- duces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the brake.

- If you select "Off", the FCA sys- tem deactivates,

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM

Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist (FCA) system:

This system is only a supple- mental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

NEVER drive too fast in accor- dance with the road condi- tions or while cornering.

Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sud- den situations from occur- ring. The Forward Collision- Avoidance system may not always stop the vehicle com- pletely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent.

WARNING

5-40

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illu- minates on the LCD display, when you can- cel the FCA system.

The driver can monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the AVN screen. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off. If the warning light remains ON when the FCA is activated, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the AVN screen. Go to the "Vehicle settings Driver assistance Warning time Normal/Later"

The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the fol- lowing: - Normal :

When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to 'Later'. Even though, 'Normal' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem fast.

- Later : When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than nor- mal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclists ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select 'Later' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.

i

5-41

Driving your vehicle

5

Prerequisite for activation The FCA system is on and ready when FCA is selected on the AVN vehicle settings and when the follow- ing prerequisites are satisfied: - The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on. - Driving speed exceeds approxi-

mately 5 mph (8 km/h) (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.).

- The system detects a pedestrian, cyclists or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (The FCA may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in accor- dance with the driving situation or vehicle condition.) If you select "Warning only", the FCA system activates and pro- duces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels.

The FCA may not operate proper- ly according to the frontal situa- tion, the direction of pedestrian or cyclist and speed.

FCA Warning Message and System Control The FCA produces warning mes- sages and warning alarms in accor- dance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehi- cle in front, insufficient braking dis- tance, or pedestrian or cyclists detection. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.

The driver can select the initial warn- ing activation time in the Vehicle set- tings in the AVN screen. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include Early or Later initial warning time.

Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/ deactivate the FCA system.

The FCA automatically acti- vates upon placing the POWER button to the ON position. The driver can deac- tivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the AVN screen.

The FCA automatically deacti- vates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, the FCA cannot be activated on the AVN screen. The FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal.

WARNING

5-42

Driving your vehicle

Collision Warning (First warning)

This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the driving management system to help decelerate the vehicle. - Your vehicle speed may decelerate

moderately. - The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision.

- If you select "Warning Only", the FCA system activates and pro- duces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels.You should control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the brake.

Emergency Braking (Second warning)

This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the driving management system to help decel- erate the vehicle. - The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake control is maximized just before a collision.

OFE058144L

OFE058145L

5-43

Driving your vehicle

5

- If you select "Warning Only", the FCA system activates and pro- duces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels.You should control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the brake.

Brake operation In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the dri- ver's depressing the brake pedal.

The FCA provides additional brak- ing power for optimum braking per- formance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.

The braking control is automatical- ly deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.

The FCA braking control is auto- matically canceled, when risk fac- tors disappear.

The driver should always use extreme caution while operat- ing the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system.

If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist (FCA) sys- tem warning may not sound.

CAUTION

The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehi- cle, pedestrian or cyclists ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the oper- ation of the FCA system.

WARNING

The FCA braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.

WARNING Never deliberately drive danger- ously to activate the system.

WARNING

5-44

Driving your vehicle

FCA Sensor (Front Radar/ Front View Camera)

In order for the FCA system to oper- ate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris.

Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may adversely affect the sensing perform- ance of the sensor.

Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sens- ing performance of the radar.

Always keep the sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and debris.

Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressur- ized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.

Be careful not to apply unneces- sary force on the sensor or sen- sor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. Have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a dam- aged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.

NOTICE

OFE058106N

OFE058038N

Front view camera

Front radar

5-45

Driving your vehicle

5

NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front wind- shield, nor tint the front wind- shield.

NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunc- tion of the system.

Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water.

NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.

Information Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:

The windshield glass is replaced.

The radar sensor or cover gets dam- aged or replaced.

Warning message and warning light

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked

When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may stop temporar- ily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor cover before operating the FCA system.

However, the FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open ter- rain), where any substances are not detected or the camera is blocked with dirt, snow or debris after turning on the vehicle. Also, even though a warning mes- sage does not appear on the LCD display, the FCA may not properly operate.

i

NOTICE

OFE058146L The FCA system may not acti- vate according to the road con- ditions, inclement weather, driv- ing conditions or traffic condi- tions.

WARNING

5-46

Driving your vehicle

System Malfunction

Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system

When the FCA is not working prop- erly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few sec- onds. After the message disap- pears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light.

The FCA is only a supplemen- tal system for the drivers con- venience. The driver should hold the responsibility to con- trol the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.

In certain instances and under certain driving condi- tions, the FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclists ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message will not be displayed.

WARNING Even if there is any problem with the brake control func- tion of the FCA system, the vehicle's basic braking per- formance will operate normal- ly. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate.

If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.

The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehi- cle may stop suddenly shift- ing loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.

The FCA system may not acti- vate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a colli- sion.

The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.

OFE058148L

5-47

Driving your vehicle

5

Limitations of the System The Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or cyclists on the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if neces- sary, apply emergency braking. In certain situations, the radar sen- sor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle, a pedestrian or cyclists ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate nor- mally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.

Detecting vehicles The sensor may be limited when: The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or debris

Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera

There is interference by electro- magnetic waves

The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.

The FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching the side view of a parked vehi- cle (for example on a dead end street).

The FCA system cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist that are approaching.

In these cases, you must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driv- ing speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.

The FCA system operates only to detect vehicles, pedes- trian or cyclist in front of the vehicle.

The FCA system operates only to detect vehicles or pedestrians in front of the vehicle.

The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.

The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.

The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the oppo- site lane.

WARNING

5-48

Driving your vehicle

The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes.

The vehicle drives through a con- struction area, on an unpaved road, or above metal materials, such as a railway

The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motor- cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

The cameras field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)

The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front.

The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recog- nition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)

The vehicle in front does not have rear lights or the rear lights are not turned ON or the rear lights are located unusually.

The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when enter- ing or exiting a tunnel

The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving

You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles

The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass

The camera is damaged. The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.

Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a pud- dle in the road

The field of view in front is obstruct- ed by sun glare

The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.

The vehicle drives through a toll- gate.

The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed

The radar/camera sensor recogni- tion is limited

The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible (for example, the vehicle is spinning or the vehi- cle is overturned)

There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor

The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump

The vehicle in front is driving errat- ically

The vehicle in front is moving verti- cally to the driving direction

The vehicle in front is stopped ver- tically

The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing

You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles.

5-49

Driving your vehicle

5 - Driving on a curve The performance of the FCA system may be limited when driving on a curved road. On curved roads, the other vehicle on the same lane is not recognized and the FCA system's performance may be degraded. This may result in unnecessary alarm or braking or no alarm or braking when necessary. Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling on a curved road. In these cases, the driver must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

The FCA system may recognize a vehicle in the next lane when driving on a curved road. In this case, the system may unnec- essarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. Also, when necessary depress the accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- tem from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle. Check to be sure that the road con- ditions permit safe operation of FCA.

- Driving on a slope The performance of the FCA decreases while driving upward or downward on a slope, not recogniz- ing the vehicle in front in the same lane. It may unnecessarily produce the warning message and the warn- ing alarm, or it may not produce the warning message and the warning alarm at all. When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.

OTM058073OTM058117 OFE058041

5-50

Driving your vehicle

Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanes When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, espe- cially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- tem may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if nec- essary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OTM058074 OTM058119

5-51

Driving your vehicle

5 - Detecting the vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, addi- tional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if nec- essary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

Detecting pedestrians or cyclists The sensor may be limited when: The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully

detected by the camera recogni- tion system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright

The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area

The pedestrian or cyclist is wear- ing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system

The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night)

It is difficult to detect and distin- guish the pedestrian or cyclist from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians, cyclist or a large crowd

There is an item similar to a per- son's body structure

The pedestrian or cyclist is small The pedestrian has impaired

mobility The sensor recognition is limited The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or debris

Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera

When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road

The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare

The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstruct- ed

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving

When the pedestrian or cyclist suddenly interrupts in front of the vehicle

OFE058042

5-52

Driving your vehicle

When the cyclist in front is riding intersected with the driving direc- tion

When there is any other electro- magnetic interference

When the construction area, rail or other metal object is near the cyclist

If the bicycle material is not reflect- ed well on the radar

Information In some instances, the FCA system may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

i

i

Do not use the Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.

Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.

The FCA system is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway through radar sig- nals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as lug- gage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.

Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.

If the front bumper, front glass, radar or camera have been replaced or repaired, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

5-53

Driving your vehicle

5

System Description Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCA) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area. 1) Blind-Spot Area

The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.

2) Closing at high speed

The Lane Change Assist feature will alert you when a vehicle is approach- ing in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system detects the front lane through the camera installed on the upper front wind- shield and detects the side/rear areas through radar sensors. The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist system may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a colliding possibili- ty with an approaching vehicle while changing lanes. It is to lower the col- liding risk or mitigate the colliding damage.

BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING/BLIND-SPOT COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST

OTM058120L

OTM058121L

OTM058108

5-54

Driving your vehicle

System Setting and Activation System setting The driver can activate the system

by placing the power button to the ON position and by selecting "Vehicle settings Driver assis- tance Blind-spot safety" on AVN screen. - The BCA and BCW turn on and

get ready to be activated when 'Active assistance' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds or braking power is applied.

- The BCW turns on and gets ready to be activated when 'Warning Only' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the dri- ver's blind spot area a warning sounds.

- The system is deactivated and the indicator on the BCW/BCA button is extinguished when 'Off' is selected.

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys- tem may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.

Always be aware of road con- ditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situa- tions even though the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sys- tem and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist system are operating.

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys- tem are supplemental sys- tems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys- tem are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle.

WARNING

5-55

Driving your vehicle

5 If you press the BCW/BCA switch

while 'Active assistance' or 'Warning Only' is selected the indi- cator on the button will turn off and the system will deactivate.

If you press the BCW/BCA switch while the system is canceled the indicator on the button illuminates and the system activates. In this case, the system returns to the state before the vehicle was turned off. When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again while the system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mirror.

If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the previous state.

The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the "Vehicle settings Driver assistance Warning time" on AVN screen.

The options for the initial Blind- Spot Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal:

When this condition is selected, the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Later'. The warning activation time may feel late if a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates.

- Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in a low speed.

Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.

i

OFE058188N

5-56

Driving your vehicle

The driver can select the warning volume of Blind-Spot Collision Warning in the Vehicle Settings in the AVN screen by selecting 'Vehicle Settings Driver Assistance Warning Volume High/Medium/Low'.

For more information refer to the separately supplied Navigation manual.

Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.

Operating Conditions The system enters the ready status, when 'Active assistance' or 'Warning Only' is selected and the following conditions are satisfied: Active assistance 1) The Blind-Spot Collision-

Avoidance Assist system will acti- vate when : - Vehicle speed is between 40

mph and 110 mph (60 km/h and 180 km/h).

- The system detects both of the lane lines.

- An approaching vehicle is detected next to or behind your vehicle.

2) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning system will activate when The vehicle speed is above approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

Warning Only 1) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning

system will activate when : - The vehicle speed is approxi-

mately 20 mph (30 km/h). The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist system is not activated.

i

5-57

Driving your vehicle

5

Warning and System Control Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system

First stage alert

If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror. Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.

OFE058044

OFE058045

Left side

OFE058046

Right side

[A] : Warning sound

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when: 1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system

AND. 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detect-

ed). When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will also blink. And a warning chime will sound. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deacti- vated. Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warn- ing will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.

Left side Right side

5-58

Driving your vehicle

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system may apply brak- ing power, when an approaching vehicle is detected within a certain distance next to or behind your vehi- cle. It gently applies braking power on the tire, which is located in the oppo- site side of the possibly-colliding point. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the system acti- vation.

The warning light on the outer side view mirror will illumi- nate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.

Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCA) system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up.

The system may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check your surround- ings while driving.

WARNING

The driver should always use extreme caution while operat- ing the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the Blind-Spot Collision Warning system warning sounds.

If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system warn- ing may not sound.

CAUTION

OFE058149L

5-59

Driving your vehicle

5

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system is automatically deacti- vated when: - The vehicle drives a certain dis-

tance away - The vehicle direction is changed

against the possible-colliding point - The steering wheel is abruptly

moved - The brake pedal is depressed - After a certain period of time The driver should drive the vehicle in the middle of the vehicle lanes to keep the system in the ready status. When the vehicle drives too close to one side of the vehicle lanes, the system may not properly operate. In addition, the system may not prop- erly control your vehicle in accor- dance with driving situations. Thus, always pay close attention to road situations.

Detecting Sensor (Front View Camera and Rear Corner Radar) The driver is responsible for

accurate steering. Do not unnecessarily operate

the steering wheel, when the Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist System is in operation.

Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not operate or unnecessarily operate in accordance with your driving situations.

The Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist system is not a substitute for safe driv- ing practices, but a conven- ience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sud- den situations from occur- ring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

WARNING

OFE058038N

Front view camera

OFE058049

Rear corner radar

5-60

Driving your vehicle

Front view camera The front camera is a sensor detect- ing the lane. If the sensor is covered with snow, rain or foreign substance, the system may temporarily be can- celed. The system is canceled due to the degradation of the sensor's detection performance. Always keep the sensor clean. * Refer to Lane Keeping Assist

(LKA) System for cautions for the front camera sensor.

Rear corner radar The rear radars are the sensors inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.

The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.

The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane.

The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.

Always keep the sensors clean.

NEVER arbitrarily disassem- ble the sensor component nor apply any impact on the sen- sor component.

Be careful not to apply unnec- essary force on the radar sen- sor or sensor cover. If the sen- sor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the perform- ance of the sensor.

NEVER install any acces- sories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.

Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.

NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mir- ror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.

CAUTION

5-61

Driving your vehicle

5

Warning message

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked

This warning message may appear when : - One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.

- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.

If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW/BCA switch and the system will turn off automatically.

When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.

After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information Turn off the BCW, BCA and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed.

- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off)

- Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting

"Vehicle settings Driver assis- tance Blind-spot safety Rear cross-traffic safety" on AVN screen.

If you use BCW, BCA and RCCW sys- tem, remove a trailer or carrier.

i

OFE058150L

5-62

Driving your vehicle

Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system

If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. BCA will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

If there is a problem with the BCA system, a warning message will appear. The system will turn off auto- matically. BCW will still operate even if the BCA system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to use BCA system.

Limitations of the System The driver must be cautious in the below situations, because the sys- tem may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances. When a trailer or carrier is

installed. The vehicle driven in inclement

weather such as heavy rain or snow.

The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc.

The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.

The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.

When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.

OFE058152LOFE058151L

5-63

Driving your vehicle

5

The vehicle driven on a curved road.

The vehicle driven through a toll- gate.

The road pavement (or the periph- eral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).

There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.

While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.

Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.

Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time.

Driving on a wet road. Driving on a road where the

guardrail or wall is in double struc- ture.

A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.

When the other vehicle approach- es very close.

When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.

While changing lanes. If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.

When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.

A motorcycle or bicycle is near. A flat trailer is near. If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.

If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.

The brake pedal is depressed. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

is activated. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

malfunctions. The tire pressure is low or a tire is

damaged. The brake is reworked.

The vehicle abruptly changes driv- ing direction.

The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.

The vehicle sharply stops. Temperature is extremely low

around the vehicle. The vehicle severely vibrates while

driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch.

The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or Lane Departure Warning (LDW) do not operate normally. (if equipped) For more information refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.

5-64

Driving your vehicle

Driving on a curve The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

Driving where the road is merg- ing/dividing

The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In cer- tain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

OTM058110 OTM058111OTM058109

5-65

Driving your vehicle

5 Driving on a slope The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the sys- tem may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Also, in certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the ground or structures. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

Driving where the heights of the lanes are different

The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (i.e. underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

[A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail

Driving where there is a structure beside the road

The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road. In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the structures (i.e. noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

OFE058109N OFE058110NOFE058125

5-66

Driving your vehicle

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

i

5-67

Driving your vehicle

5

System Description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist (RCCA) sys- tem The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is approaching. The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a colliding possibility with an appro- aching vehicle. It is to lower the col- liding risk or mitigate the colliding damage.

REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) / REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION- AVOIDANCE ASSIST (RCCA)

OTM058092

Always be aware of road con- ditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situa- tions even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system are operating.

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist system are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist system are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle.

WARNING

5-68

Driving your vehicle

System Setting and Activation System setting The driver can activate the sys-

tems by placing the power button to the ON position and by selecting "Vehicle settings Driver assis- tance Blind-spot safety Rear Cross-Traffic Safety" on AVN screen. The RCCA and RCCW turn on and get ready to be activat- ed when 'Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' is selected.

When the vehicle is turned off then on again, the systems are always ready to be activated.

When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mirror.

The driver can select the initial warn- ing activation time in the User Settings in the AVN screen by select- ing 'Vehicle settings Driver Assistance Warning Timing'. The options for the initial Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal: When this condition is selected, the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Later'. The warning activation time may feel late if the a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates. - Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in a low speed.

Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.

The driver can select the warning volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning in the Vehicle Settings in the AVN screen by select- ing 'Vehicle settings Driver Assistance Warning Volume High/Medium/ Low'.

For more information refer to the separately supplied Navigation manual.

Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.

i

i

5-69

Driving your vehicle

5

Operating conditions To operate: Go to the 'Vehicle settings Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' on the AVN screen. The system will turn on and standby to activate. The system will activate when vehi- cle speed is below 10 mph (16 km/h) and with the gear in R (Reverse). * The system will not activate when

the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph (16 km/h). The system will activate again when the speed is below 10 mph (16 km/h).

The system's detecting range is approximately 1 65 ft. (0.5 20 m). An approaching vehicle will be detected if the vehicle speed is with- in 5 22.5 mph (8 36 km/h). Note that the detecting range may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle.

Warning and System Control Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system

If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display. If the rear view mon- itor system is in activation, a mes- sage will also appear on the AVN screen.

The warning will stop when: - The detected vehicle moves out of

the sensing area or - when the vehicle is right behind

your vehicle or - when the vehicle is not approach-

ing your vehicle or - when the other vehicle slows

down.

OFE058120

Left

OFE058121

Right

5-70

Driving your vehicle

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system

If the risk of collision is detected while the RCCW is generated, brake is controlled. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake control. If the rear view monitor sys- tem is in activation, a message will also appear on the AVN screen. After the brake control, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. - The brake activation by the system

lasts for about 2 seconds. The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds.

- The brake control by the system is canceled if the driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power.

- Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shift- ing the gear to R (Reverse).

The brake control may not operate properly according to the status of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). The same warning mes- sage is displayed on the instrument cluster for this case also. - When the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) warning light is on. - When the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is engaged in a different function.

OFE058153L

Left

OFE058154L

Right

When the operation condition of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system is satisfied, the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 mph vehi- cle speed) vehicle.

The system's warning or brake may not operate proper- ly if the left or right of your vehicle's rear bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obsta- cle.

CAUTION

5-71

Driving your vehicle

5

Detecting Sensor

The rear corner radars are the sen- sors inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.

The driver should always use extreme caution while operat- ing the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the system's warning sounds.

If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system warning may not sound.

Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when back- ing the vehicle up.

The driver is responsible for accurate brake control.

Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning sys- tem and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not operate prop- erly or unnecessarily operate in accordance with your driv- ing situations.

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cau- tiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

WARNING

OFE058049

5-72

Driving your vehicle

Warning message

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked

This warning message may appear when: - One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.

- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.

The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.

The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.

Always keep the sensors clean.

NEVER arbitrarily disassem- ble the sensor component nor apply any impact on the sen- sor component.

Be careful not to apply unnec- essary force on the radar sen- sor or sensor cover. If the sen- sor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the perform- ance of the sensor.

OFE058150L

5-73

Driving your vehicle

5

If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW/BCA switch and the system will turn off automatically. When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information Turn off the BCW and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed.

- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off)

- Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting "Vehicle settings Driver assistance Blind-spot safe- ty Rear cross-traffic safety" on AVN screen.

Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system

If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. RCCW and RCCA will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Limitations of the System The driver must be cautious in the below situations, because the sys- tem may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances. When a trailer or carrier is

installed. The vehicle drives in inclement

weather such as heavy rain or snow. The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc. The rear bumper where the sensor

is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.

The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.

When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.

The vehicle drives on a curved road.

i

OFE058151L

5-74

Driving your vehicle

The road pavement (or the periph- eral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).

There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.

While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.

Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.

Driving in rural areas where the sen- sor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.

Driving on a wet road. Driving on a road where the

guardrail or wall is in double struc- ture.

A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.

When the other vehicle approach- es very close.

When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.

While changing lanes. If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.

When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.

A motorcycle or bicycle is near. A flat trailer is near. If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.

If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.

The brake pedal is depressed. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

is activated. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

malfunctions. The tire pressure is low or a tire is

damaged. The brake is reworked. The vehicle sharply stops. Temperature is extremely low

around the vehicle. The vehicle severely vibrates while

driving over a bumpy road, uneven/ bumpy road, or concrete patch.

The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.

[A] : Structure

Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near

The system may not operate proper- ly when driving where there is a vehi- cle or structure near. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning or brake may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your sur- rounding while driving.

OTM058102L

5-75

Driving your vehicle

5 When the vehicle is in a complex

parking environment The system may not operate prop- erly when the vehicle is in a com- plex parking environment. In certain instances, the system may not be able to exactly deter- mine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehi- cle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). If this occurs, the warning or brake may not operate properly.

[A] : Vehicle

When the vehicle is parked diago- nally

The system may not operate proper- ly when the vehicle is parked diago- nally. In certain instances, when the diago- nally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of your vehi- cle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your sur- rounding while driving.

When the vehicle is on/near a slope

The system may not operate proper- ly when the vehicle is on/near a slope. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warn- ing or brake may not operate proper- ly. Always pay attention to your sur- rounding while driving.

OTM058103 OTM058104L OFE058127N

5-76

Driving your vehicle

[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall

Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure

The system may not operate proper- ly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a struc- ture at the back or side of your vehi- cle. In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.

When the vehicle is parked rear- ward

If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehi- cle in the rear area of the parking space, the system can warn or con- trol braking. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

i

OTM058106L OTM058107

5-77

Driving your vehicle

The Blind-Spot View Monitor system is designed to help safe driving by providing broader view than the outer side view mirror by displaying rear/side area view on the cluster when the driver turns on the turn sig- nal to change lane. The system shows the following vehicle on the corresponding side using the cameras at the outside rearview mirrors when the driver turns on the turn signal to change lane.

Operating conditions With the vehicle on, select the "Driver assistance Blind-spot safety Blind-spot view" from the vehicle settings in the AVN screen. Then the corresponding left or right side of the vehicle will be displayed on the cluster if the driver turns on the turn signal while driving.

System operation

Operate the turn signal while driving and the corresponding left or right side rear view will be shown on the cluster.

BLIND-SPOT VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

5

OFE058057N

OFE058055N

Left

OFE058056N

Right

5-78

Blind-Spot View Monitor system warning

This message is displayed if the camera recognition system cannot detect the following vehicle due to the weather condition and the sys- tem may not operate properly. Check the surrounding condition visually and with the outer side view mirror when driving.

Driving your vehicle

OFE058058N

5-79

Driving your vehicle

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- tem helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the dri- ver's steering to help keep the vehi- cle between lanes. When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warn- ing, while applying a counter-steer- ing torque, to try to prevent the vehi- cle from moving out of its lane.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM

5

OFE058038N

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the sur- rounding and steer the vehicle.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system: Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assist- ed by the system.

LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.

WARNING

The operation of the LKA sys- tem can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surround- ings. Always be cautious when driving.

Do not disassemble the LKA system camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and acces- sories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.

When you replace the wind- shield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibra- tion.

5-80

Driving your vehicle

LKA System Operation

With the POWER button in the ON position, press the LKA button locat- ed on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver. The indicator ( ) in the cluster

display will initially illuminate white. When the indicator(white) activat-

ed in the previous ignition cycle, the system turns on without any control.

If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the cluster display will go off.

User Settings mode and if you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steer- ing wheel" warning message appears, the system will stop controlling the steering wheel. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start con- trolling the steering wheel.

The steering wheel is not con- tinuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher speed when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be able to be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.

If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. When you tow a trail- er, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.

When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.

The system detects lane lines and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane lines are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Please refer to "Limitations of the system".

Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system.

You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system because of excessive audio sound.

If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning may not sound.

Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunc- tion if the sunlight is reflected.

Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated. Also, when Active LKA is selected from the

OFE058189N

5-81

Driving your vehicle

5

The color of indicator will change depending on the condition of LKA system.

- White : Sensor does not detect lane markers or vehicle speed is under 40 mph (64 km/h).

- Green : Sensor detects lane mark- ers and the system is able to control vehicle steering.

Information If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any addi- tional control. If you press the LKA switch again, the indicator on the clus- ter goes off.

LKA system activation

After LKA is activated, if both lane markers are detected, vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and all the activation conditions are satisfied, LKA indicator will change to green and the steering wheel will be controlled.

i OFE058090

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is a system to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road condi- tions when driving.

WARNING

5-82

Driving your vehicle

If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and the system detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.

Both lane markers must be detect- ed for the system to fully activate.

If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows:

1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker or the right lane marker in the cluster LCD display will blink depending on which direction the vehicle is veering. Also, a warning sound will be heard.

2. The LKA system will control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane maker in below conditions. - Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)

- The system detects both lane markers

- When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes nor- mally.

- The steering wheel is not turned suddenly.

When lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA sys- tem are satisfied, a LKA system indi- cator light ( ) will change from white to green.This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be able to be controlled.

OFE058090

Lane marker undetected

OFE058126

Lane marker detected

OFE058091

Left lane marker

OFE058092

Right lane marker

5-83

Driving your vehicle

5

Warning Light and Message Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.

Information If the steering wheel is held very light- ly, the message may still appear because the LKA system may not rec- ognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel.

Information Even though the steering is assisted

by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel.

The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few sec- onds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illu- minate.

i

i

OFE058155L

The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.

WARNING

The driver is responsible for accurate steering.

Turn off the system in below situations. - In bad weather - In bad road condition - When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.

WARNING

5-84

Driving your vehicle

LKA system failure indicator The LKA system failure indicator (yellow) will illu- minate if the LKA system is not working properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

When there is a problem with the system do one of the following:

Turn the system on after turning the vehicle off and on again.

Check if the POWER button is in the ON position.

Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.)

Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens.

If the problem is not solved, have your vehicle checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

The LKA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when:

The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.

The vehicle is not driven in the mid- dle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.

ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.

The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.

Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (56 km/h) and over 110 mph (177 km/h).

The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.

The vehicle brakes suddenly. The lane is very wide or narrow. There are more than two lane lines

on the road. (e.g. construction area) Only one side of the lane marker is

detected.

Radius of a curve is too small. The vehicle is driven on a steep

incline. The steering wheel is turned sud-

denly.

5-85

Driving your vehicle

5

Limitations of the System The LKA system may operate pre- maturely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LKA system may not warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:

When the lane and road condi- tions are poor It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marker from the road because the lane marker is covered with dust or sand.

It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.

There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.

The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.

The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate)

The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.

There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.

The lane marker is very thick or thin.

The lane is very wide or narrow. The lane marker ahead is not visible

due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road sur- face, or other factors.

The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.

The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.

There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.

The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.

The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.

When external condition is inter- vened The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.

The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.

There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.

When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.

The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.

There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driv- ing on the lane marker.

Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.

The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc.

5-86

Driving your vehicle

When front visibility is poor The windshield or the camera lens

is blocked with dirt or debris. The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct- ed.

Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.

The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow.

LKA System Function Change The driver can change LKA to the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys- tem or change the LKA system mode from the AVN screen. Go to the "Vehicle settings Driver Assistance Lane Safety Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)/Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Off". The system is automatically set to Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) if a func- tion is not selected.

lane Keeping Assist (LKA) This mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to con- trol the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lane.

Lane Departure Warning LDW system alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled.

Off If you select "Off", the LKA system is deactivated.

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is a system to help pre- vent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always take the necessary actions for safe driving prac- tices.

WARNING

5-87

Driving your vehicle

The Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys- tem helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the dri- ver's steering to help keep the vehi- cle between lanes.

LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

5

OFE058038N

The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a conven- ience function. It is the responsi- bility of the driver to always be aware of the surrounding and steer the vehicle.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system: Do not steer the steering

wheel unnecessarily when the steering wheel is being assist- ed by the system.

LFA system helps the driver to keep the vehicle in the cen- ter of the lane by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.

WARNING

The operation of the LFA sys- tem can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surround- ings. Always be cautious when driving.

Do not disassemble the LFA system camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and acces- sories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibra- tion.

When you replace the wind- shield glass, LFA system cam- era or related parts of the steering wheel, we recom- mend that you take your vehi- cle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.

5-88

LFA operation The driver can turn on the LFA sys- tem with the vehicle on and by selecting "Vehicle settings Driver assistance Driving assist LFA (Lane Following Assist)" in the AVN screen. The set-up of the LFA system will be maintained, as selected, when the vehicle is restarted.

Driving your vehicle

The system detects lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Please refer to "Limitations of the system".

Do not remove or damage the related parts of LFA system.

You may not hear a warning sound of LFA system because of excessive audio sound.

Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunc- tion if the sunlight is reflected.

Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LFA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning mes- sage appears, the system will be turned off automatically.

However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.

The steering wheel may not be continuously controlled by the system if the vehicle speed is too high. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.

If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering nor- mally or the hands off alarm may not work properly.

When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LFA system.

5-89

Driving your vehicle

Operating conditions The system is activated when the Lane Following Assist is selected from the vehicle Settings mode when the following conditions are satisfied: - The Smart Cruise Control is in acti-

vation (vehicle deceleration and acceleration)

- Vehicle speed is lower than 90 mph (145 km/h)

When the system is activated, the indicator ( ) on the cluster will illu- minate. The color of the indicator will change depending on the condition of LFA system. - Green : The system is in the assist

state. - White : The system is in the ready

state.

LFA activation

After LFA is activated, if the vehicle is within the lane and both lane markers are detected (lane color changes grey to white) and there is no abrupt steering by the driver,

indicator light will change from white to green. This indicates that the LFA system is in the ASSIST state and the steering wheel will be able to be controlled.

When the system does not recog- nize the lane or depending on the vehicle condition in front (presence of the vehicle, driving status, etc.). the steering wheel is controlled restrictively. When the control of the steering wheel is stopped temporarily the activation indicator blinks in green and then changes to white.

5 OFE058126L

5-90

Warning message

Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes their hands off from the steering wheel for certain time while the LFA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.

Information If the steering wheel is held very light- ly the message may still appear because the LFA system may not rec- ognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel.

Driver's grasp not detected. LFA system is disabled temporarily

If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driv- er only when the driver crosses the lane markers. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the sys- tem will start controlling the steering wheel.

i

Driving your vehicle

The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.

WARNING

OFE058186L

OFE058155L

5-91

Driving your vehicle

Information Even though the steering is assisted

by the system, the driver may con- trol the steering wheel.

The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.

Check LFA (Lane Following Assist) system

If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few sec- onds. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The LFA system will not be in the ASSIST state when :

The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be con- trolled.

The vehicle is not driven in the mid- dle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.

ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.

The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve with high speed.

Vehicle speed is over 90 mph (145 km/h).

The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.

The vehicle brakes suddenly. Only one lane marker is detected. The lane is very wide or narrow. Radius of a curve is too small. The vehicle is driven on a steep

incline. The steering wheel is turned sud-

denly.

i 5

The driver is responsible for accurate steering.

Turn off the system and drive the vehicle in following situa- tions. - In bad weather - In bad road condition - When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.

WARNING

OFE048437L

5-92

Limitations of the system The LFA system may operate prema- turely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LFA system may not assist your steering if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following cir- cumstances:

When the lane and road condi- tions are poor It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked.

It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.

There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.

The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.

The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate)

The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.

There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.

The lane marker is very thick or thin.

The lane marker ahead is not visi- ble due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.

The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.

The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.

There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.

The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.

When external condition is inter- vened The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.

The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.

There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.

When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.

The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.

There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driv- ing on the lane marker.

Driving your vehicle

5-93

Driving your vehicle

Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.

The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc.

When front visibility is poor The windshield or the camera lens

is blocked with dirt or debris. The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct- ed.

Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.

The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow.

5

5-94

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM

Driving your vehicle

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system displays the condition of the driver's fatigue and inattention.

System Setting and Activation System setting To turn ON the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system, turn on the vehicle, and then select 'Vehicle settings Driver Assistance Driver Attention Warning High sensitivity/Normal sensitivity on the AVN screen.

The driver can select the mode of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. - High sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving prac- tices faster than Normal mode.

- Normal sensitivity : The Driver Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving prac- tices.

- Off : The Driver Attention Warning system is deactivated.

The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning system will be main- tained, as selected, when the vehi- cle is re-started.

Driver's attention level

OFE058157L

System off

OFE058158L

Attentive driving

5-95

Driving your vehicle

5 The driver can monitor their driving

conditions on the LCD display. The DAW screen will appear when you select the Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.

The driver's attention level is dis- played on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inat- tentive the driver is.

The number decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.

The number increases when the driver attentively drives for a cer- tain period of time.

When the driver turns on the sys- tem while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level reflected that.

Take a break

The "Consider taking a break" message appears on the LCD dis- play and a warning sounds in order to suggest the driver to take a break, when the drivers attention level is below 1.

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.

Resetting the System The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets in the follow- ing situations. - The vehicle is turned OFF. - The driver unfastens the seat

belt and then opens the driver's door.

- The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes.

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system operates again, when the driver restarts driving.

OFE058160L

OFE058159L

5-96

Driving your vehicle

System Standby

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations. - The camera sensor keeps failing to

detect the lanes. - Driving speed remains under 40

mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph (177 km/h).

System Malfunction

Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

When the warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE058161L OFE058162L

The Driver Attention Warning system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cau- tiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

The system may suggest a break according to the dri- ver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue.

The driver, who feels fatigued, should take a break, even though there is no break sug- gestion by the Driver Attention Warning system.

WARNING

5-97

Driving your vehicle

5

The Driver Attention Warning sys- tem utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its opera- tion. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings: Do not disassemble the camera

temporarily to tint the window or to attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disas- semble a camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for cal- ibration.

NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front wind- shield, nor tint the front wind- shield.

NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunc- tion of the Driver Attention Alert (DAW) system.

Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.

NOTICE

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system may not properly operate with limited alerting in the following situations: The lane detection perform-

ance is limited. (For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.)

The vehicle is violently driven or is abruptly turned for obsta- cle avoidance (e.g. construc- tion area, other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy road).

Forward drivability of the vehi- cle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align- ment).

The vehicle drives on a curvy road.

The vehicle drives on a bumpy road.

The vehicle drives through a windy area.

The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist sys- tems: - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system - Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) system - Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

system - Lane Following Assist (LFA)

system

CAUTION

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds.

CAUTION

5-98

SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM

Driving your vehicle

Cruise indicator ( ) Set speed Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

The Smart Cruise Control System allows you to program the vehicle to maintain constant speed and dis- tance detecting the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator/ brake pedal.

OFE058169N

For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system.

WARNING

The Smart Cruise Control sys- tem is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a conven- ience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed, dis- tance to the vehicle ahead and road & driving conditions.

WARNING

Take the following precautions : Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit in your country.

If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise ( ) indicator light in the instru- ment cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control System off (cruise ( ) indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.

Use the Smart Cruise Control System only when traveling on open highways in good weather.

WARNING

5-99

Driving your vehicle

5

Smart Cruise Control Switch

CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys- tem on or off.

RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- trol speed.

: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance. CANCEL: Cancels cruise control

operation.

Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: - When driving in heavy traffic

or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed

- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads

- When driving on hilly or windy roads

- When driving in windy areas - When driving in parking lots - When driving near crash

barriers - When driving on a sharp

curve

- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm)

- When the vehicle sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification result- ing level difference of the vehicle's front and rear

WARNING

OFE058170N

5-100

Driving your vehicle

To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go to the 'Vehicle settings Driver Assistance SCC Reaction Fast/Normal/Slow' on the AVN screen. You may select one of the three stages you prefer. Fast:

Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.

Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal.

Slow: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed.

Information The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system.

To Convert to Cruise Control Mode The driver may choose to switch to use the conventional Cruise Control mode (speed only control function) by following these steps: 1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise ( ) indi- cator will illuminate.

2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to- Vehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control".

When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the vehicle is turned on, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.

i

When using the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.

WARNING

5-101

Driving your vehicle

5

Smart Cruise Control Speed To set Smart Cruise Control speed

1. Push the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illumi- nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed. The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set as follows: 6 100 mph (10 - 160 km/h) :

when there is no vehicle in front 0 100 mph (0 - 160 km/h) :

when there is a vehicle in front

3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automati- cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.

Information Vehicle speed may decrease on an

upward slope and increase on a downward slope.

When you are setting the cruise con- trol speed, with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h), the speed will set to 20 mph (30 km/h).

i

OFE058062N

OFE058061N

5-102

Driving your vehicle

To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures: Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner.

Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. You can set the speed to 105 mph (170 km/h).

To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures: Push the toggle switch down

(SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner.

Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.

You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).

Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increas- es, when you push up and hold the toggle switch.

CAUTION

OFE058062NOFE058063N

5-103

Driving your vehicle

5

To temporarily accelerate with the Smart Cruise Control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the cruis- ing speed will be set again pedal.

Smart Cruise Control set speed will be temporarily canceled when:

Canceled manually Depressing the brake pedal. Pushing the CANCEL button locat-

ed on the steering wheel. Depress the brake pedal and press

the button at the same time, when the vehicle is at a standstill.

The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the LCD display turns off. The cruise indicator is illuminated continuously.

Canceled automatically The driver's door is opened. The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral),

R (Reverse) or P (Park). The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)

is applied. The vehicle speed is over 105 mph

(170 km/h). The vehicle stops on a steep incline. The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating.

The ESC is turned off. The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter. The vehicle is stopped for a certain

period of time. The vehicle stops and goes repeat-

edly for a long period of time. The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for a long period of time.

The driving performance is abnor- mal.

Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.

CAUTION OFE058064N

5-104

Driving your vehicle

The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelera- tor pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehi- cle ahead.

The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelera- tor pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.

The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) is activated.

Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off. In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed.

Information If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled by other than the reasons mentioned, have the system checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Smart Cruise Control canceled

If the system is cancelled, the warn- ing chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds. You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.

i

OFE058172L

5-105

Driving your vehicle

5

To resume Smart Cruise Control set speed If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-). If you push the toggle switch up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehi- cle speed drops below 20 mph (30 km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.

To turn Cruise Control off

Push the CRUISE button (the cruise indicator light will go off). If you wish not to use the cruise control system, always turn the system off by pushing the CRUISE button.

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle- to-Vehicle Distance To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

When the Smart Cruise Control sys- tem is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelera- tor or brake pedal.

Always check the road condi- tions when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to resume speed.

CAUTION

OFE058061N

OFE058066N

5-106

Driving your vehicle

Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet

Information The distance is set to the last set dis- tance when the system is used for the first time after starting the vehicle.

When the lane ahead is clear:

The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:

Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the select- ed distance.

If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.

If distance from the front vehicle has changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the LCD display may change.

i

Distance 4 Distance 3

Distance 1Distance 2 OFE058175N/OFE058176N/ OFE058177N/OFE058178N

OFE058174N

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

5-107

Driving your vehicle

5When using the Smart Cruise Control system: The warning message appears

and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.

If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal or use the steering wheel toggle switch to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

OFE058144L

Even if the warning chime is not activated, always pay attention to the driving condi- tions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.

If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) disappears to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message "Watch for surrounding vehicles" will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal. Always pay attention to the road condition ahead.

CAUTION

OFE058179L

5-108

Driving your vehicle

In traffic situation

Use switch or pedal to accelerate

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+) or push down the toggle switch (SET-) to start driving.

If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.

Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead

The Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor to detect distance to the vehi- cle ahead.

OFE058180L

OFE058106N

Front radar

OFE058038N

Front view camera

5-109

Driving your vehicle

5

If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean.

Warning message

Smart Cruise Control disabled. Radar blocked

When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control system opera- tion may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control system. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning on the vehicle (e.g. in an open terrain).

Information For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use conventional cruise control mode (speed only control func- tion), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page).

i

OFE058181L Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.

Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.

Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pres- surized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.

CAUTION

5-110

Driving your vehicle

Check Smart Cruise Control System

The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- tem checked.

Limitations of the System The Smart Cruise Control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.

Be careful not to apply unnec- essary force on the radar sen- sor or sensor cover. If the sen- sor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.

OFE058182L

5-111

Driving your vehicle

5

On curves

The Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.

Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road con- ditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control.

On inclines

During uphill or downhill driving, the Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.

OTM058073

OTM058117 OFE058041

5-112

Driving your vehicle

Lane changing

A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.

The radar may not detect immedi- ately when a vehicle cuts in sud- denly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions.

If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.

If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will acceler- ate to the set speed.

Detecting vehicles

Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile

such as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog- nized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment

- While the steering wheel is operat- ing

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or on curves

Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.

OTM058074 OTM058128

5-113

Driving your vehicle

5 Your vehicle may accelerate when

a vehicle ahead of you disappears. When you are warned that the

vehicle ahead of you is not detect- ed, drive with caution.

When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking dis- tance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.

OTM058119OTM058129 OTM058124

5-114

Driving your vehicle

Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles car- rying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle.

OFE058042

When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following pre- cautions: If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the Smart Cruise Control system.

Keep a safe distance accord- ing to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.

Always maintain sufficient braking distance and deceler- ate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.

The Smart Cruise Control sys- tem cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to pre- vent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.

WARNING Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occur- ring.

Always be aware of the select- ed speed and vehicle to vehi- cle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay atten- tion to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.

The Smart Cruise Control sys- tem may not recognize com- plex driving situations so always pay attention to driv- ing conditions and control your vehicle speed.

For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system.

5-115

Driving your vehicle

Information The Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to:

Electrical interference

Modifying the suspension

Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure

Installing different type of tires

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1.This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2.This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired oper- ation.

3.Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Information Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-locat- ed or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

i

i

i

5

5-116

Driving your vehicle

LEADING VEHICLE DEPARTURE ALERT (IF EQUIPPED) The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system alerts the driver of the depar- ture of the vehicle in front when the vehicle is stopped and the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is in activation.

System Setting and Activation System setting With the vehicle ON, the Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system turns on and gets ready to be activated when the 'vehicle Settings Driver Assistance Driving Assist Leading vehicle departure alert' is selected selected in the AVN screen display. The system stops operation when the setting is deactivated. However, if the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the previous state.

System standby

While the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is in operation, your vehicle stops behind the vehicle in front when it stops. The message is displayed on the cluster within 3 sec- onds after the stop and the system will be in the standby position.

OFE058180L

5-117

Driving your vehicle

5

System activation

If the driver does not take action for a certain period of time after the vehi- cle in front departs, the message is displayed on the cluster. The vehicle departs automatically if the accelerator pedal is depressed or RES + or SET - toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is a vehicle in front. The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is deactivated if the accelera- tor pedal is depressed or RES + or SET - toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is no vehicle in front.

OFE048442L

Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.

WARNING

5-118

Driving your vehicle

Hazardous Driving Conditions When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the bellow suggestions: Drive cautiously and keep a longer

braking distance. Avoid abrupt braking or steering. When your vehicle is stuck in snow,

mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec- essary wheel spin.

Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional trac- tion while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the Vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a for- ward gear. Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the vehicle. To prevent reduction gear wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelera- tor pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the reduction gear is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous - you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. If you attempt to free the vehi- cle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an fuel cell power module com- partment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the vehicle. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 56 km/h (35 mph).

WARNING

5-119

Driving your vehicle

5

Information The ESC system (if equipped) must be turned OFF before rocking the vehi- cle.

If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid vehicle overheating, pos- sible damage to the reduction gear and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.

Smooth Cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at Night Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember: Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi- cles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's head- lamps.

Keep your headlamps clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night.

Avoid staring directly at the head- lamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the Rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement: Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increas- es the distance needed to stop your vehicle.

Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if equipped)

Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.

Be sure your tires have enough tread. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.

Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.

Driving too fast through large pud- dles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.

NOTICE

i

5-120

Driving your vehicle

If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driv- ing until normal braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increas- es as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.

Driving in Flooded Areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them sev- eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

Highway Driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires. Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or fail the braking operation.

Information Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as speci- fied on your tires.

Coolant and high voltage bat- tery Be sure to check both the coolant level and the high voltage battery level before driving.

i

5-121

Driving your vehicle

5

Reducing the Risk of a Rollover Your multi-purpose passenger vehi- cle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of per- forming in a wide variety of off-road applications. The specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehi- cles making them more likely to roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehi- cles. Due to this risk, driver and pas- sengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is signifi- cantly more likely to die than a per- son wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof, and never modify your vehicle in any way.

Utility vehicles have a signifi- cantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To pre- vent rollovers or loss of control: Take corners at slower speeds

than you would with a passen- ger vehicle.

Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers.

Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.

Keep tires properly inflated. Do not carry heavy cargo on

the roof.

WARNING

5-122

Driving your vehicle

The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:

Snow or Icy Conditions You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use regenera- tive braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires. Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi- cle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicles handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.

Information Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and munici- pal regulations for possible restric- tions against their use.

Air cleaner filter (FCEV) The snow may block the air cleaner filter after driving the vehicle in heavy snow when the ambient temperature is below 50F (10C). If a warning message "Air filter blocked. Check filter or see user manual" appears on LCD display after turning off the vehicle, remove the snow from the inside of the air cleaner filter and turn on and off the vehicle. If the warning message is displayed again, the exhaust pipe may be blocked. Then, move your vehicle indoors and leave it inside more than one day to defrost the exhaust pipe. If the warning message is displayed again, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

WINTER DRIVING

Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affect- ed.

WARNING

5-123

Driving your vehicle

5

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of snow tires is recommended instead of tire chains. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use a wire type chain. If tire chains must be used, use gen- uine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after reviewing the instruc- tions provided with the tire chains. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not cov- ered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty.

Information Install tire chains only in pairs and

on the front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.

Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

Chain Installation

When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chas- sis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads. When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available). Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the vehicle before installing snow chains.

i

The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle han- dling: Drive less than 20 mph (30

km/h) or the chain manufac- turer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.

Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.

Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.

WARNING

OFE058102

5-124

Driving your vehicle

When using tire chains: Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, sus- pension, body and wheels.

Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.

If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.

To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

Do not use tire chains on vehi- cles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain.

Use wire chains less than 0.47 in (12 mm) thick to prevent damage to the chain's connection.

Winter Precautions Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- ing system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.

Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.

NOTICE

5-125

Driving your vehicle

5

Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instruc- tions on the container. Window wash- er anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paint fin- ish.

Do not let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you shift to P (Park) and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

Do not let ice and snow accu- mulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering com- ponents is not obstructed.

Don't place foreign objects or materials in the fuel cell power module compartment Placement of foreign object or mate- rials which prevent cooling of the vehicle, in the fuel cell power module compartment, may cause a failure. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.

To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heat- ed key with care to avoid injury.

5-126

Driving your vehicle

Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiar- ize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifica- tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or option- al equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal- er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen- gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the drivers door sill.

Tire Loading Information Label VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OFE068027N

OFE068028N

5-127

Driving your vehicle

5

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight 903 lbs. (410 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- mum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps for determining correct load limit 1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug- gage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and lug- gage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

5-128

Driving your vehicle

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- er, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi- cle.

Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehi- cle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can break, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an accident.

WARNING

5-129

Driving your vehicle

5

Example 1

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. 2 = 300 lbs.)

(68 kg 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)

Example 2

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. 5 = 750 lbs.)

(68 kg 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)

Example 3

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (172 lbs. 5 = 860 lbs.)

(78 kg 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)

+

+

+

5-130

Driving your vehicle

Certification label

The certification label is located on the drivers door sill at the center pil- lar and shows the maximum allow- able weight of the fully loaded vehi- cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maxi- mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.

OBH059070

Overloading

Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicles handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.

Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicles tires and possible tire failure, increased stop- ping distances and poor vehi- cle handling-all of which may result in a crash.

WARNING

5-131

Driving your vehicle

5

Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

NOTICE

TRAILER TOWING

If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.

Do not stack items, like suit- cases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.

Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.

When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.

WARNING

What to do in an emergency

6

Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2

If an accident occurs........................................................6-2 If a fire occurs ...................................................................6-3 Emergency venting of hydrogen gas...........................6-3 If a submersion in water occurs....................................6-3 If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing.........6-3 If you have a flat tire while driving..............................6-4 If the vehicle stalls while driving...................................6-4

If the Vehicle Will Not Start .................................6-4 If the 12 Volt Battery is Discharged ...................6-5

Before Jump Starting .......................................................6-5 Jump Starting......................................................................6-6

If the Vehicle Overheats .......................................6-9 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......6-11

Check Tire Pressure .......................................................6-11 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...............................6-12 Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-13 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator.............................................................................6-13 TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-14 Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-15

If You Have a Flat Tire (With Tire Mobility Kit).......................................6-17 Towing ...................................................................6-24

Towing Service.................................................................6-24 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-25 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-26

6-2

The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer- cise extreme caution when approach- ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi- cle. It should be used whenever emer- gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run- ning or not.

The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.

If an accident occurs 1. Stop the vehicle, shift gear to the

P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and turn the vehicle off. The flow of hydrogen into the fuel cell stack will be shut off to prevent the electricity from being generat- ed.

2. Evacuate to the safety place. 3. Call emergency services for help

and let them know the vehicle is a Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

What to do in an emergency

OFE068001

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

6-3

W hat to do in an em

ergency

If a fire occurs 1. Stop the vehicle, shift gear to the

P(Park) position, engage the park- ing brake, and turn the vehicle off. The flow of hydrogen into the fuel cell stack will be shut off to prevent the electricity from being generat- ed.

2. If the fire is small, which can be extinguished with fire extinguisher, use carbon dioxide extinguisher. You can also extinguish the fire with water when the vehicle power is turned off.

If the fire is too big to be extin- guished with the fire extinguisher, evacuate from the vehicle, call the fire department, and let them know the vehicle is a Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle. Do not come close to the vehicle until the fire is totally extin- guished.

Emergency venting of hydro- gen gas If the temperature near the safety valve located at the rear under vehi- cle is over 230F (110C) caused by a fire or other reasons, the safety valve will open to vent hydrogen gas. Venting the hydrogen gas makes a loud noise because the venting speed is very fast. Stay well away from the vehicle. The discharge of hydrogen gas from the vehicle is flammable and could cause a fire.

If a submersion in water occurs If your vehicle was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring, you should not try to start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately.

If the vehicle stalls at a cross- road or crossing If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the gear in the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place. 6

Do not use water to extinguish a fire when the vehicle power is turned on. Serious electric shock may result.

WARNING

6-4

If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driv- ing: 1. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immedi- ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con- trol. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the medi- an area between the two traffic lanes.

2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on your emergency hazard flash- ers, set the parking brake and shift gear to the P(Park) position.

3. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.

If the vehicle stalls while driv- ing 1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau- tiously off the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers. 3. Try to start the vehicle again. If

your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Be sure the shift lever is in P (Park). The vehicle starts only when the shift lever is in P (Park).

This vehicle does not have a regu- lar 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion poly- mer type integrated into the high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V battery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge. If vehicle will not start, first try pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch (left side of the steering wheel near the fuel door open switch) to reconnect the 12V battery, but you must start vehicle within 15 seconds of press- ing the 12V Battery Reset switch. After starting vehicle, operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully.

Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary.

Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.

If the vehicle still does not start, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

What to do in an emergency

IF THE VEHICLE WILL NOT START

6-5

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

Before Jump Starting This vehicle does not have a regular 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion polymer type integrated into the high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V bat- tery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge.

Using the 12V Battery Reset Switch

1. Press the 12V Battery Reset switch to reconnect the 12V bat- tery.

2. Start the vehicle within 15 sec- onds of pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch.

3. After starting vehicle ( indica- tor on), move the vehicle outside and keep the vehicle ready ( ) mode more than 30 minutes safe- ly to charge the 12V battery.

If you do not start the vehicle imme- diately after pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch, the power of 12V bat- tery is automatically disconnected after few seconds to save the 12V battery from additional discharge. If the 12V battery is disconnected prior to starting the vehicle, press the 12V Battery Reset switch again and then immediately start the vehicle as explained. Repeated use of the 12V Battery Reset switch without a sufficient vehicle ON cycle (30 Min+) may cause over discharge of the 12V bat- tery, which will prevent the vehicle from starting. If the 12V battery is over discharged to a point that the reset does not work, try to jump-start the vehicle.

Information After starting the vehicle ( indica- tor on), the 12V battery is being charged whether the accelerator pedal is depressed or not.

i

IF THE 12 VOLT BATTERY IS DISCHARGED

OFEQ018012

6-6

What to do in an emergency

The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been dis- charged or the battery has been dis- connected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: Power Windows Trip Computer Climate Control System Clock Audio System Sunroof Driver Position Memory System

External power source using 12V battery The use of external power acces- sories may reduce performance and function of the vehicle. Especially, the use of dash cam- eras may shut off the power of the vehicle prior to the dash camera's automatic shut-down. If the power of the vehicle is shut off, start the vehicle as explained. (refer to "Using the 12V Battery Switch")

Jump Starting In the event vehicle still does not have a functional 12V battery (check if interior lights will not turn on) then you can try a jump start using a 12V booster pack or jumper cables from another vehicle's 12V battery according to the following instruc- tions.

1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the fuel cell power module com- partment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.

NOTICE Jump starting can be danger- ous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehi- cle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehi- cle, we strongly recommend that you have a service techni- cian or towing service do it for you.

CAUTION

6-7

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6 4. Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus- tration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).

6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

7. Connect the other end of the sec- ond jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the cor- rect battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.

8. Press the 12V Battery Reset switch.

9. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run for a few min- utes.

10. Start your vehicle as soon as possible. After starting vehicle ( indicator on), operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully.

OFE068003N

OFEQ018012

6-8

What to do in an emergency

If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them: 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, neg- ative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

Information The voltage range of the charger should be 13.3~14V and its current range should be less than 60A. (13.8V is recommended).

Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

To prevent damage to your vehi- cle: Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle.

Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.

NOTICE

ii

The use of an improper charg- er with a voltage and current range higher than specified may cause overheating and damage to the 12V battery.

The use of an incorrect charg- er will lead to a power shut-off to save the 12V battery. Stop using the incorrect charger once the power of the vehicle is shut off.

CAUTION

Pb

6-9

W hat to do in an em

ergency

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.

2. Shift to P (Park) and set the park- ing brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the vehicle. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of coolant and no steam, leave the vehicle running and check to be sure the vehicle cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the vehicle off.

4. Check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehi- cle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop.)

5. If coolant is leaking out, stop the vehicle immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

IF THE VEHICLE OVERHEATS

6

While the vehicle is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the mov- ing parts such as the cooling fan to prevent serious injury.

WARNING

Your vehicle is equipped with a pres- surized coolant reserve tank. NEVER remove the coolant

reserve tank cap or the radiator drain plug while the radiator is HOT. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. Turn the vehicle off and wait until the vehicle cools down. Use extreme care when remov- ing the coolant reserve tank cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag around it, and turn it counter- clockwise slowly to release some of the pressure from the system. Step back while the pressure is released. When you are sure all the pres- sure has been released, contin- ue turning the cap counter- clockwise to remove it.

WARNING

6-10

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the radiator temperature has returned to nor- mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheat- ing. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er for assistance.

What to do in an emergency

Serious loss of coolant indi- cates a leak in the cooling sys- tem and should be checked as soon as possible by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

6-11

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display)

Check Tire Pressure

You can check the tire pressure in the information mode on the clus- ter. Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3.

A "Drive to display" message will appear for the first few minutes of driving after initial vehicle start up. If the tire pressure is not displayed after a few minutes of driving, check the tire pressures.

The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gage.

You can change the tire pressure unit in the General Settings mode on the AVN. - psi, kpa, bar (For more details,

refer to the separately supplied Navigation manual.)

OFE068005L

OFE068004

OFE068006L

6-12

What to do in an emergency

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

Each tire, including the spare (if pro- vided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi- cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- ard or tire inflation pressure label. If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- sure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pres- sure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte- nance, and it is the driver's responsi- bility to maintain correct tire pres- sure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina- tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS mal- function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximate- ly one minute and then remain con- tinuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi- cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres- sure as intended. TPMS malfunc- tions may occur for a variety of rea- sons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter- nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

6-13

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer. 1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS

Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the POWER button is placed to the ON position or vehicle is ON ( indicator ON).

2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blink- ing for approximately 1 minute.

3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis- play remains illuminated

Low Tire Pressure Telltale

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator

When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi- nated and the warning message is displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is signifi- cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi- tion indicator will indicate which tire is significantly under-inflated by illu- minating the corresponding position light.

If any of your tire pressures are indi- cated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- nering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as pos- sible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi- cles placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side cen- ter pillar outer panel. The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

NOTICE

OFE068005L

6-14

What to do in an emergency

TPMS Malfunction Indicator

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi- mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the individual tire pres- sures in the cluster LCD display will not be available. Have the sys- tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- ble.

NOTICE

In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pres- sure was adjusted to the recom- mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunc- tioning because the decreased temperature leads to a propor- tional lowering of tire pressure. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pres- sure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.

WARNING

6-15

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc. Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, charg- ers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pres- sure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few min- utes of driving.

If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI deal- er may damage the tire pressure sensor.

CAUTION

6-16

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gage to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measure- ment than a tire that is cold. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. Allow the tire to cool before measur- ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

i

The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam- age caused by external fac- tors such as nails or road debris.

If you feel any vehicle instabil- ity, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING

Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure con- ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- tions. Tampering with, modify- ing, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING

6-17

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle

The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT)

OFE068014

One sealant bottle for one tire

When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.

CAUTION

Tire wall

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an acci- dent due to tire failure.

WARNING

Temporary fix

Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING

6-18

What to do in an emergency

Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture. The compressor and sealing com- pound system effectively and com- fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire. After you ensure that the tire is prop- erly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of (50 mph (80 km/h)) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement. It is possible that some tires, espe- cially with larger punctures or dam- age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.

The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably. Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.

To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your park- ing brake.

Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil- ity kit.

Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- cles or any other type of tires.

When the tire and wheel are dam- aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety.

Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0.16 in. (4 mm). Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres- sure.

Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire.

Provided the car is outdoors, leave the vehicle ON ( indicator ON). Otherwise operating the compres- sor may eventually drain the car battery.

Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.

Do not leave the compressor run- ning for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat.

6-19

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -22F (-30C).

In case of skin contact with the- sealant, wash the area thoroughly- with plenty of water. If the irritation- persists, seek medical attention.

In case of eye contact with the sealant,flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.

In case of swallowing the sealant,rinse the mouth and drink plenty ofwater. However, never give anythingto an unconscious person and seek medical attention imme- diately.

Long time exposure to the sealant- may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc.

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

ODE067044

1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction 3. Sealant/Air filling hose 4. Connectors and cable for power

outlet direct connection

5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation

pressure

6-20

What to do in an emergency

Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.

Using the Tire Mobility Kit

1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).

2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the sealant bottle (2) in the direction of (A) and connect the sealant bottle to the compressor (5) in the direc- tion of (B).

3. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.

Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

Keep out of reach of children. Avoid contact with eyes. Do not swallow.

WARNING

Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visi- ble place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.

CAUTION

OFE068010

OIGH067042

6-21

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve.

5. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.

6. With the vehicle ON ( indica- tor ON), switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.

7. Switch off the compressor. 8. Detach the hoses from the sealant

bottle connector and from the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- age location in the vehicle.

OFE068015 OFE068016

Securely install the sealant fill- ing hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 29 psi (200 kpa). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.

CAUTION

Do not the filling leave your vehicle running in a poorly ven- tilated area for extended peri- ods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur.

WARNING

6-22

What to do in an emergency

Distributing the sealant

9. Immediately drive approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road.

Checking the tire inflation pres- sure 1. After driving approximately 4~6

miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe loca- tion.

2. Connect the filling hose (3) direct- ly into the compressor.

3. Connect the other end of the filling hose (3) directly into the tire valve.

4. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.

OLMF064106

OAEPH067042

OFE068015

6-23

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation. With the vehicle ON ( indica- tor ON), on, proceed as follows. - To increase the inflation pres-

sure:

Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pres- sure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres- sure:

Press the button (9) on the com- pressor.

Information The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the com- pressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.

Information When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94 lbfft (11~13 kgfm).

i

i

When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sen- sors may be damaged by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.

CAUTION

The tire inflation pressure must be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it is not, do not continue driving. Call for road side service or towing.

WARNING

6-24

What to do in an emergency

Towing Service

[A] : Dollies

If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.

Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.

Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

NOTICE

TOWING

OFE068017N

OFE068026

OFE068025

6-25

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Place the POWER button in the

ACC position. 2. Place the shift button in N

(Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

Removable Towing Hook 1. Open the liftgate, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover by press- ing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.

If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the POWER button in the LOCK/ OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.

WARNING

Failure to place the shift button in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal dam- age to the vehicle.

CAUTION

OFE068018

Front

OFE068019

Rear

6-26

Emergency Towing If towing is necessary, we recom- mend you have it done by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer- cial tow truck service. If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow- ing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

Always follow these emergency tow- ing precautions: While depressing the brake pedal

shift to the N (Neutral) position and turn the vehicle off. The POWER button will be in the ACC position.

Release the parking brake. Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will have reduced braking perform- ance.

More steering effort will be required because the power steer- ing system will be disabled.

Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.

The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre- quently.

Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or dam- aged.

Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.

Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.

Use a towing cable or chain less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 inch (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.

Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during tow- ing.

Before towing, check the reduction gear for fluid leaks under your vehi- cle. If the reduction gear is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

What to do in an emergency

OFE068022

6-27

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing: Always pull straight ahead

when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.

Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.

Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious dam- age to the reduction gear.

CAUTION

7

M aintenance

Maintenance

Fuel cell power module compartment.................7-3 Maintenance services ...........................................7-4

Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4 Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Owner maintenance...............................................7-5 Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-6

Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7 Normal Maintenance Schedule ......................................7-8 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions ........7-10

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.7-12 Device cooling coolant........................................7-13

Checking the Coolant Level ..........................................7-13 Changing Coolant ............................................................7-15

Stack cooling coolant..........................................7-16 Checking the Coolant Level ..........................................7-16 Changing Coolant ............................................................7-18

Brake fluid ............................................................7-19 Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-19

Washer fluid .........................................................7-20 Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-20

Air cleaner ............................................................7-20 Filter Replacement..........................................................7-20

Climate control air filter .....................................7-22 Filter Inspection...............................................................7-22

Wiper blades .........................................................7-24 Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-24 Blade Replacement .........................................................7-24

12V battery ...........................................................7-27 Battery recharging .........................................................7-28 Reset Features.................................................................7-28

Tires and wheels ..................................................7-29 Tire Care............................................................................7-29 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-30 Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-31 Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-32 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-33 Tire Replacement ............................................................7-33 Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-34 Tire Traction .....................................................................7-34 Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-34 Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-34 Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-38 All Season Tires...............................................................7-42 Summer Tires ...................................................................7-42 Snow Tires ........................................................................7-42 Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-42 Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-43

7

Fuses......................................................................7-45 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-46 Fuel cell power module compartment Panel Fuse Replacement ...............................................7-47 Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-49

Light bulbs.............................................................7-57 Headlamp, front center lamp, turn signal lamp, daytime running lamp, parking lamp, side marker replacement ......................................................................7-58 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-58 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-59 High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-59 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-60 Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-60

Appearance care..................................................7-62 Exterior Care ....................................................................7-62 Interior Care .....................................................................7-67

California perchlorate notice .............................7-70

7-3

7

M aintenance

FUEL CELL POWER MODULE COMPARTMENT

1. Brake fluid reservoir

2. Air cleaner

3. Fuse box

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

5. Device cooling coolant reservoir

6. Traction motor radiator cap

7. Stack cooling coolant reservoir

8. Fuel cell stack radiator cap

OFE078001

The actual fuel cell power module compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illus- tration.

7-4

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per- forming any maintenance or inspec- tion procedures. We recommend you have your vehi- cle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of serv- ice satisfaction.

Owner's Responsibility Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibil- ity. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accor- dance with the scheduled mainte- nance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this infor- mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war- ranties. Detailed warranty information is pro- vided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

Owner Maintenance Precautions Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- cient servicing may result in opera- tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools. Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate condi- tions of the limited warranties cover- ing the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

High voltage caution Do not disassemble or perform maintenance on the fuel cell system unless you are quali- fied.The fuel cell system can be highly dangerous since there are many high voltage parts inside even if when power is off.

WARNING

7-5

7

M aintenance

Improper owner maintenance dur- ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be per- formed by the owner or an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen- cies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehi- cle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal- er as soon as possible. These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.

NOTICE

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS follow these precau- tions for performing mainte- nance work: Park your vehicle on level

ground, shift to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position.

Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving. Remove loose clothing or jew- elry that can become entan- gled in moving parts.

Keep flames, sparks, or smok- ing materials away from the battery related parts.

WARNING

OWNER MAINTENANCE

7-6

Maintenance

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel: Check for both fuel cell stack and

Device cooling coolant level in coolant reservoir.

Check the windshield washer fluid level.

Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle: Check for vibrations in the steering

wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or loose- ness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead posi- tion.

Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.

When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

If any slipping or changes in the operation of your reduction gear occurs, check the reduction gear fluid level.

Check the reduction gear P (Park) function.

Check the parking brake. Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

At least monthly: Check coolant level in the coolant

reservoir. Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.

Check the inflation pressures of all tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.

Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Fall) Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or dam- age.

Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.

Check headlamp alignment. Check the seat belts for wear and

function.

Be careful when checking the coolant level when the fuel cell power module is hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure. This could cause burns or other seri- ous injury.

WARNING

7-7

7

M aintenance

At least once a year: Clean body and door drain holes. Lubricate door hinges and hood

hinges. Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches. Lubricate door rubber weather

strips. Lubricate door checker. Check the air conditioning system. Inspect and lubricate reduction

gear linkage and controls. Check the brake fluid level.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal tem-

perature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature Low speed driving for long distances Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather Driving in heavy dust condition Driving in heavy traffic area Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing Driving over 170 km/h (106 miles/h) Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.

7-8

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Hydrogen system (Check the hydrogen leakage)

Inspect every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 24 months

Air cleaner filter Replace every at 12,000 (20,000 km) miles

Device cooling coolant At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years :

Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

Stack cooling coolant Replace every at 36,000 miles (60,000 km) or 36 months

Ion filter Replace every at 36,000 miles (60,000 km) or 36 months

Reduction gear No check, No service required

Air conditioner refrigerant/ compressor

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Maintenance Intervals

Maintenance Item

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace

7-9

7

M aintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Maintenance Intervals

Maintenance Item

7-10

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

Maintenance item Maintenance

operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Hydrogen system (Check the hydrogen leakage)

I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, F, G, J, L

Air cleaner filter I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, E

Device cooling coolant R Replace more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, E, F, J, K, L

Stack cooling coolant R Replace more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, F, G, L

Ion filter R Replace more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, F, G, L

Reduction gear fluid R 72,000 miles (120,000 km) C, F, G, I, J

Air conditioner refrigerant/compressor I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, F, G, L

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H

7-11

7

M aintenance

Severe driving conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B-Extensive low speed driving for long distances C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

spread roads D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90F (32C) G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

Maintenance item Maintenance

operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G

Parking brake I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, G, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G

Climate control air filter R Replace more frequently

depending on the condition C, E

7-12

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Cooling System Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.

Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte- nance schedule.

Reduction Gear Fluid Inspect the reduction gear fluid according to the maintenance sched- ule.

Brake Hoses and Lines Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake Fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid con- forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi- cation.

Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

Suspension Mounting Bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.

Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint With the vehicle stopped and the vehicle off, check for excessive free- play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

Drive Shafts and Boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam- age.

7-13

7

M aintenance

DEVICE COOLING COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli- mate.

Checking the Coolant Level

Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and the MIN marks on the rear side of the coolant reservoir when the parts in the fuel cell power module compartment is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, you see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling sys- tem inspection.

Recommended coolant When adding coolant, use only

distilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.

An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or electric devices damage.

Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec- ified coolant.

Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

OFE078003

7-14

Maintenance

For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:

Information If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of - 31F and higher.

i

Ambient Temperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water 5F (-15C) 35 65

-13F (-25C) 40 60

-31F (-35C) 50 50

-49F (-45C) 60 40

Never remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the radiator is hot. Hot coolant and steam

may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

WARNING

OFE078004

Turn the vehicle off and wait until the parts in the fuel cell power module compartment cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling sys- tem. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turn- ing counterclockwise to remove it.

7-15

7

M aintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a nor- mal condition.

Changing Coolant Have coolant changed by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

To prevent damage to parts in the fuel cell power module compart- ment, put a thick towel around the coolant cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into parts in the fuel cell power module compart- ment.

NOTICE

The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the vehicle is not running

and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.

WARNING

Do not use coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Coolant may also cause dam- age to paint and body trim.

WARNING

7-16

Maintenance

STACK COOLING COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli- mate.

Checking the Coolant Level

Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. When replacing any part of the cool- ing system there may be loss of coolant. In that case, fill with an exclusive coolant for the fuel cell. When replacing the ion filter car- tridge, replace the whole stack coolant. The coolant level should be filled between F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the fuel cell power module is cool.

If the stack cooling coolant level is low, add enough exclusive coolant for fuel cell stack to provide protec- tion against freezing and corrosion in the authorized HYUNDAI dealer. In addition, whenever replacing the ion filter cartridge, add enough exclu- sive coolant for fuel cell stack.

OFE078005

Stack cooling coolant When adding stack cooling

coolant, use only exclusive coolant for fuel cell stack in authorized HYUNDAI dealer and never mix any water or liquid.

An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or electric devices damage.

If the vehicle is damaged by adding unspecified liquid except exclusive coolant for fuel cell stack, it will not be covered by the warranty.

7-17

7

M aintenance

Never remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the radiator is hot. Hot coolant and steam

may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

WARNING

OFE078006

Turn the vehicle off and wait until the parts in the fuel cell power module compartment cools down. Use extreme care when removing the cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclock- wise to remove it.

The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a nor- mal condition.

Changing Coolant For the fuel cell stack, an exclusive coolant must be used . When chang- ing the fuel cell stack coolant, we recommend that coolant be changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

To prevent damage to parts in the fuel cell power module compart- ment, put a thick towel around the coolant cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into parts in the fuel cell power module compart- ment.

NOTICE

7-18

Maintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the vehicle is not running

and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.

WARNING

Do not use coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Coolant may also cause dam- age to paint and body trim.

WARNING

Do not mix-up the caps of device cooling coolant and stack cooling coolant because the fluid material is different. If the cap is mixed, the fuel cell system may be damage. We recommend that you con- sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

7-19

7

M aintenance

BRAKE FLUID Checking the Brake Fluid Level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thor- oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- ination.

If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level.The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not allow brake fluid to con- tact the vehicles body paint, as paint damage will result.

Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be dis- posed of properly.

Do not use the wrong kind of brake fluid. A few drops of min- eral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts.

Information Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).

i

NOTICE

If the brake system requires fre- quent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.

WARNING

OFE078007

7-20

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the Washer Fluid Level

Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- sary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- mates to prevent freezing.

Filter Replacement Faulty air cleaner filter has a direct influence on reduction of the stack output, etc. Replace the filter accord- ing to the maintenance schedule.

OFE078008

To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid: Do not use coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control result- ing in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.

Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flamma- ble.

Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals.

Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.

WARNING

AIR CLEANER

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. 4. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips. 5. Check that the cover is firmly

installed.

Information If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the air cleaner filter more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).

i

7-21

7

M aintenance

OFE078010OFE078009 Do not drive with the air clean- er filter removed. This will result in excessive wear.

When removing the air clean- er filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.

Use HYUNDAI genuine parts, use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

CAUTION

7-22

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter Inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the fol- lowing procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.

1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.

2. Remove the support rod (1). OFE078011OFE078012

7-23

7

M aintenance

3. Press and hold the lock (1) on left side of the cover.

4. Pull out (2) the cover.

5. Replace the climate control air fil- ter.

6. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

Install a new climate control air fil- ter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing down- wards. Otherwise, the climate con- trol effects may decrease, possi- bly with a noise.

NOTICE

OHG075041OFE078013

7-24

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade Inspection Contamination of either the wind- shield or the wiper blades with for- eign matter can reduce the effective- ness of the windshield wiper func- tionality. Common sources of con- tamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.

To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other compo- nents, do not: Use gasoline, kerosene, paint

thinner, or other solvents on or near them.

Attempt to move the wipers manually.

Use non-specified wiper blades.

Information Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield diffi- cult to clean.

Blade Replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manu- ally.

The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper mal- function and failure.

Front windshield wiper service positions

This vehicle has a "hidden" wiper design which means that the wipers cannot be lifted when they are in their bottom resting position. 1. Within 20 seconds of turning off

the vehicle, lift and hold the wiper lever up to the MIST position for about 2 seconds until the wipers move to the top wipe position.

2. At this time you can lift the wipers off the windshield.

3. Gently put the wipers back down onto the windshield.

4. Turn the wipers to any ON position to return the wipers to the bottom resting position.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

NOTICE OFE078038N

7-25

7

M aintenance

Front windshield wiper blade replacement

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then lift up the wiper blade (2).

3. While pushing the lock (3), pull down the wiper blade (4).

4. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm (5).

5. Install a new wiper blade assem- bly in the reverse order of removal.

6. Return the wiper arm on the wind- shield.

OLF074017

OAD075074L

OAD075075L

OAD075076L

To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the wiper blade.

CAUTION

7-26

Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade replacement

1. Operate the rear windshield wiper to make sure the blade is on lower position. Then turn off the vehicle.

2. Raise the wiper arm (1) and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

3. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.

4. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, we recom- mend that the wiper blades be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE078016

OFE078014 OFE078015

7-27

7

M aintenance

12V BATTERY The vehicle is not equipped with a common 12V battery which requires periodic replacement. The battery is a lithium polymer type integrated into the high voltage battery. Full dis- charge of the battery is prevented through 12V battery protection sys- tem which can isolate the 12V bat- tery.

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:

Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery. Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes. Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.

WARNING

Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignit- ed. Keep batteries out of reach of children.

Batteries contain sulfu- ric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get imme- diate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get med- ical attention immediately.

When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.

Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.

NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicles battery cables are connected to the battery.

The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these compo- nents with the vehicle ON ( indicator ON) or when the POWER button is in the ON position.

7-28

Maintenance

Battery recharging By RESET button

To charge the discharged 12V bat- tery, attempt charging by pressing 12V BATT RESET button. For more details, refer to If the 12 volt battery is discharged in chapter 6.

By jump starting After a jump start from a good bat- tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min- utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See Jump Starting in chapter 6 for more infor- mation on jump starting procedures.

Reset Features Some items need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 for: Power Windows Trip Computer Climate Control System Clock Audio System Sunroof Driver Position Memory System

OFEQ018012

7-29

7

M aintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire Care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.

ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recom- mended sizes could cause unusual handling characteris- tics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehi- cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: Inspect your tires monthly for

proper inflation as well as wear and damage.

The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pres- sure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor han- dling.

Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec- tiveness, steering) control, or traction.

WARNING

7-30

Maintenance

All specifications (sizes and pres- sures) can be found on a label attached to the drivers side center pillar.

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures All tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driv- en for at least three hours or driven less than one mile (1.6 km). Warm tires normally exceed recom- mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres- sure or the tires will be under-inflat- ed. For recommended inflation pres- sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.

Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long peri- ods at high speeds.

WARNING

OFE088003

7-31

7

M aintenance

Check Tire Inflation Pressure Check your tires once a month or more.

How to check Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflat- ed when they are under-inflated. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjust- ment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the rec- ommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pres- sures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

CAUTION

7-32

Maintenance

Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated every 6,200 miles (10,000 km) or sooner if irregular wear develops. During rotation, check the tires for correct balance. When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres- sure, improper wheel alignment, out- of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbfft [11~13 kgfm]).

Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information Tires that are asymmetrical or direc- tional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is not easily distinguishable. Pay careful attention to the markings on the side- walls of the tires, noting the "outside" marking and also the rotating direc- tion before installing them on the vehicle.

i

Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circum- stances.This may cause unusu- al handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

ODH073802

7-33

7

M aintenance

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.

Improper wheel weights can dam- age your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

Tire Replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac- ing the tire.

NOTICE

OLMB073027

Tread wear indicator To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY: Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec- tiveness, steering control, and traction.

Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recom- mended sizes could cause unusual handling characteris- tics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehi- cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

WARNING

7-34

Maintenance

Wheel Replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.

Tire Traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire Maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

Tire Sidewall Labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac- teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.

When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling.

Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading con- ditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to fol- low this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an acci- dent.

7-35

7

M aintenance

1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

2. Tire size designation A tires sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replace- ment tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and num- bers in the tire size designation mean.

Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designa- tor could vary depending on your vehicle.) 225/60 R17 99H

225 - Tire width in millimeters. 60 - Aspect ratio. The tires section

height as a percentage of its width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches. 99 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor- tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The follow- ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa- tion mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.0J x 17

7.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 17 - Rim diameter in inches.

OLMB073028

1

1

2 3

4

5,6

7

7-36

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif- ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tires designed maximum safe oper- ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, should be replaced by new ones.You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consist- ing of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designat- ed by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four num- bers indicate week and year manu- factured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1418 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2018.

4. Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rub- ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter "R" means radial ply con- struction; the letter "D" means diago- nal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- struction.

5. Maximum permissible infla- tion pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure.

Speed Rating Symbol

Maximum Speed

S 112 mph (180 km/h) T 118 mph (190 km/h) H 130 mph (210 km/h) V 149 mph (240 km/h) W 168 mph (270 km/h) Y 186 mph (300 km/h)

7-37

7

M aintenance

6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi- mum section width. For example: TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara- tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern- ment test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a- half times (1) as well on the gov- ernment course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec- ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction perform- ance.

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight- ahead braking traction tests, and does not include accelera- tion, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

7-38

Maintenance

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi- tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora- tory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories. Some exam- ples of optional accessories are reduction gear, power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire's height to its width.

Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-39

7

M aintenance

Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.

Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in com- pliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufactur- er, production plant, brand and date of production.

GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.

GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.

Light truck(LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on light- weight trucks or multipurpose pas- senger vehicles.

Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.

Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.

7-40

Maintenance

Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The max- imum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maxi- mum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mount- ed on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipur- pose vehicles.

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.

Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the trac- tion and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

Pneumatic options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, includ- ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- ed tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.

7-41

7

M aintenance

Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.

Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip pro- vided.

Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called "wear bars", that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread remains.

UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards is a tire information sys- tem that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- ture and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce- dures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occu- pant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equip- ment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.

7-42

Maintenance

All Season Tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road condi- tions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer Tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rat- ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow Tires If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; other- wise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the drivers side of the center pillar, or up to the maxi- mum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.

Radial-Ply Tires Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radi- al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combina- tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires should always be used as a set for the front tires and a set for the rear tires.

7-43

7

M aintenance

Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.

Low Aspect Ratio Tires Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect ratio is lower than 50, are provided for sporty looks. Because low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be wider and conse- quently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some instances they may generate more road noise compared with standard tires.Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum- stances.This may cause unusu- al handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

Because the sidewall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than a standard tire, the rim of the wheel and the tire itself is more easily susceptible to damage. Use caution when driving and follow the guidelines below to help minimize damage to the wheel and tire: - When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam- aged.

- If the tire is subjected to a severe impact, have the tire and wheel inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000 km).

CAUTION

7-44

Maintenance

It is not easy to recognize tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire.

If the tire is damaged by driv- ing on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.

CAUTION

7-45

7

M aintenance

FUSES

A vehicle's electrical system is pro- tected from electrical overload dam- age by fuses. This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the fuel cell power module compartment near the battery.

If any of your vehicles lights, acces- sories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the vehicle and all switch- es off, and then disconnect the neg- ative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rat- ing. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and imme- diately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, car- tridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.

i

NEVER replace a fuse with any- thing but another fuse of the same rating. A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly cause a fire.

Do not install a wire or alu- minum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a tem- porary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.

WARNING

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Blown

Normal Blown

OAEE076008

Normal Blown Multi fuse

7-46

Maintenance

Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the sys- tem.

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement

1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 3. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Refer to the label on the inside of

the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.

5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the fuel cell power module com- partment fuse panel.

6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are pro- vided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the fuel cell power module compartment fuse panel).

7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

OFE078018

OFE078017

7-47

7

M aintenance

In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle. If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the fuel cell power module com- partment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.

Fuel cell power module com- partment Panel Fuse Replacement Blade / Cartridge type

1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tap and pulling up.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the motor compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE078021

7-48

Maintenance

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

connector located on the trunk. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

OFE078022

After checking the fuse box in the fuel cell power module com- partment securely close the fuse box cover inside the motor compartment, until it clicks. If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the electrical system.

CAUTION

7-49

7

M aintenance

Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

i

OFE078024

OFE078023N

7-50

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

MEMORY1 10A Power Tail Gate Module, A/C Control Module, A/C Control Panel

MODULE1 10A ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay), A/V & Navigation Head Unit (Hazard Lamp Switch), Shift Selection Switch (SBW), Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Instrument Cluster

TAIL GATE OPEN

10A Tail Gate Relay

P/WINDOW RH

25A Power Window RH Relay

P/WINDOW LH

25A Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Window Module

P/SEAT DRV 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch

MODULE4 7.5A IBU, Remote Control Smart Parking Assist Unit, VESS Unit, Electronic Parking Brake Switch, Lane Keeping Assist Unit(Line), Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Crash Pad Switch, PE Room Junction Block (Multipurpose Check Connector)

MODULE8 7.5A Data Link Connector, Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror

S/HEATER RR 20A Rear Seat Heater

HEATED MIRROR

10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Panel

S/HEATER FRT

20A Front Air Ventilation/Seat Heater Seat Control Module

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-51

7

M aintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

AMP 25A AMP

MULTI MEDIA 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Center Fascia Switch Panel

MODULE5 10A Front Air Ventilation/Seat Heater Seat Control Module, AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Panel, PTC Heater, A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Seat Heater

WIPER (RR) 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Door Unlock Relay)

IBU1 15A IBU

BRAKE SWITCH

10A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch

P/SEAT PASS 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

A/C 7.5A A/C Control Module, Incar Temperature Sensor, A/C Control Panel, Cluster Ionizer, A/C Compressor, PE Room Junction Block (Blower Relay)

AIR BAG2 10A SRS Control Module

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-52

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit

MODULE7 7.5A Front Air Ventilation/Seat Heater Seat Control Module, AC Inverter, Rear Seat Heater, Surround View Monitor Unit, Rear Power Outlet

SUNROOF2 20A Sunroof Unit

SUNROOF1 20A Sunroof Unit

CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster

MODULE3 7.5A SCU, Shift Selection Switch (SBW), IDC, VPD Sensor, Stop Lamp Switch, HMU, BMS Control Module

START 7.5A FCU, IBU

IBU2 7.5A IBU

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Panel

MODULE6 7.5A IBU

MODULE2 10A BMS Control Module, Wireless Charger, USB Charger LH/RH, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Center Fascia Switch Panel, AMP, Surround View Monitor Unit, Power Outside Mirror Switch, IBU

AIR BAG1 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuel cell power module com- partment fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

i

7-53

7

M aintenance

OFE078025

OFE078048N

7-54

Maintenance

Motor compartment fuse panel

Type Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

MULTI FUSE-1

B+2 60A ICU Junction Block (IPS Control Module, IPS1)

B+3 60A ICU Junction Block (IPS Control Module)

COOLING PE PUMP

40A PE Room Coolant Pump (CPP)

EPB2 40A Electronic Brake Control Module

IG2 40A PE Room Junction Block (IG2 Relay)

EPB1 40A Electronic Brake Control Module, PE Room Junction Block (Multipurpose Check Connector)

B+4 60A ICU Junction Block (Fuse - SUNROOF1, SUNROOF2, AMP, P/SEAT DRV, P/SEAT PASS, S/HEATER FRT, P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN)

IMEB 80A Electronic Brake Control Module

MULTI FUSE-2

BLOWER 50A PE Room Junction Block (Blower Relay)

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

7-55

7

M aintenance

Motor compartment fuse panel

Type Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

HVJB LV 15A HV Junction Block

RCU 15A Driver / Passenger Auto Flush Door Handle Module, Rear Auto Flush Door Handle Module LH/RH

FUEL DOOR OPEN

7.5A ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Door Relay)

E-SHIFTER 40A PE Room Junction Block (E-Shifter Relay)

INVERTER 30A AC Inverter

REAR HEATED

40A PE Room Junction Block (Rear Heated Relay)

B+1 50A ICU Junction Block ((Fuse - MODULE1, AIR BAG2, MODULE8, S/HEATER RR, DOOR LOCK, IBU1, BRAKE SWITCH), Leak Current Autocut Relay)

POWER TAIL GATE

30A Power Tail Gate Module

WIPER FRT 30A Front Wiper Motor

COOLING STACK PUMP

10A Stack Coolant Pump (CSP)

INVERTER LV 7.5A Inverter

7-56

Maintenance

Type Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

BHDC 7.5A IDC

HMU1 10A HMU

BATTERY MANAGEMENT

10A BMS Control Module

FUEL CELL CONTROL UNIT

15A FCU

BMS FAN 15A PE Room Junction Block (BMS FAN Relay)

Motor compartment fuse panel

7-57

7

M aintenance

LIGHT BULBS Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.

Information After heavy driving, rain or washing, lamps could appear frosty. This condi- tion is caused by the temperature dif- ference between the lamp inside and the outside temperature. This is simi- lar to the condensation on your win- dows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesnt indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information A normally functioning lamp may

flicker momentarily to stabilize the vehicles electrical control system. However, if the lamp goes out after flickering momentarily, or contin- ues to flicker, we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The parking lamp may not turn on when the parking lamp switch is turned on, but the parking lamp and headlamp switch may turn on when the headlamp switch is turned on. This may be caused by network failure or vehicle electrical control system malfunction. If this occurs, we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

i

Prior to replacing a lamp, shift to P (Park), apply the parking brake, place the POWER but- ton in the OFF position and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehi- cle and to prevent possible electric shock.

Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fin- gers.

WARNING

7-58

Maintenance

Headlamp, front center lamp, turn signal lamp, daytime run- ning lamp, parking lamp, side marker replacement

(1) Headlamp (Low/High) (2) Front center lamp (3) Turn signal/daytime running

lamp/parking lamp (4) Side marker

Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement

Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

OFE078028N

OFE078029

7-59

7

M aintenance

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement

(1) Turn signal lamp/stop lamp (2) Turn signal lamp/stop lamp (3) Tail lamp (4) Backup lamp (5) Side marker

Stop lamp, tail lamp, turn signal lamp, backup lamp and side marker Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

High mounted stop lamp

If the high mounted stop lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE078040N

OFE078031

7-60

Maintenance

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

3. Install a new bulb. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OFE078032

Interior Light Bulb Replacement

Map lamp, room lamp and luggage compartment lamp

OFE078034

Room lamp (Type B)

OFE078036

Luggage compartment lamp

OFE078033

Map lamp

OAEE076027

Room lamp (Type A)

Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replace- able bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-61

7

M aintenance

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interi- or lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interi-

or lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

NOTICE

Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the lamp is off to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

WARNING

Vanity mirror lamp

Glove box lamp

OFE078035

OFE078037

Vanity mirror lamp and glove box lamp

7-62

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior Care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.

High-pressure washing When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi- cient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.

Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not oper- ate normally.

Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers)or connectors as they may be dam- aged if they come into contact with high pressure water.

Do not use any high-pressure noz- zles, which induce either one- direct water stream or water swirling.

Protecting your vehicles finish Washing

To help protect your vehicles finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicles finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used.

7-63

7

M aintenance

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- ish.

Do not use strong soap, chemi- cal detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.

Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle. Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interi- or.

To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemi- cal solvents or strong deter- gents.

Water washing in the fuel cell power module compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the fuel cell power module com- partment.

Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri- cal/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OFE078045N

After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

WARNING

7-64

Maintenance

Waxing

A good coat of wax provides a barri- er between your paint and environ- mental contamination. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturers instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main- tain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax- ing.

Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.

Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plat- ed or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deteriora- tion.

Repairing your vehicles finish Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion mate- rials to the parts repaired or replaced.

NOTICE

NOTICE

7-65

7

M aintenance

Bright-metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.

To protect the surfaces of bright- metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preser- vative and rub to a high luster.

During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, acceler- ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- body and wheel openings with luke- warm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rust- ing.

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.

Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol- ishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.

Clean the wheel when it has cooled.

Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads.

Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

Do not use any cleaners con- taining acid or alkaline deter- gents.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

WARNING

7-66

Maintenance

Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro- sion

By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces cars of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owners cooperation and assistance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro- sion on your vehicle are: Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.

Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abra- sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi- cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated cor- rosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, partic- ularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in con- tact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.+ Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler- ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these rea- sons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate- rials. This applies not only to the vis- ible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic- ularly important.

If you live in a high-corrosion area where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc., you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.

7-67

7

M aintenance

When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pres- sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accel- erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry Dont park your car in a damp, poor- ly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the atten- tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.

Interior Care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from con- tacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discol- oration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.

Never allow water or other liq- uids to come in contact with electrical/electronic compo- nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alco- hol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.

NOTICE

7-68

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- tion recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper- ly maintained.

Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)

Feature of Seat Leather - Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a nat- ural object, each part differs in thickness or density. Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driv- ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.

NOTICE

Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.

Belts with metallic acces- sories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.

Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.

Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.

CAUTION

7-69

7

M aintenance

Caring for the leather seats - Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and main- tain its quality.

- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protective may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instruc- tions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contami- nated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.

Cleaning the leather seats - Remove all contaminations

instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each con- taminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.) Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminate spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contami- nations do not smear.

- Oil Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natu- ral leather.

- Chewing gum Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.

NOTICE

7-70

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

8

Specifications & Consum

er inform ation

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-4 Volume and Weight................................................8-5 Air Conditioning System........................................8-5 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities..........8-6 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...................8-7 Vehicle Certification Label....................................8-7 Tire Specification and Pressure Label................8-8 Motor Number ........................................................8-8 Refrigerant Label...................................................8-8 Consumer Information...........................................8-9 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-10

DIMENSIONS

8-2

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Items in (mm)

Overall length 183.86 (4,670)

Overall width 73.23 (1,860)

Overall height Without roof side rails : 64.17 (1,630)

With roof side rails : 64.57 (1,640)

Front tread 225/60 R17 63.70 (1,618)

245/45 R19 63.54 (1,614)

Rear tread 225/60 R17 64.13 (1,629)

245/45 R19 63.98 (1,625)

Wheelbase 109.84 (2,790)

8-3

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage

Front

Headlamp Low/High LED LED Turn signal lamp LED LED Front center lamp LED LED Parking lamp LED LED Daytime running lamp (DRL) LED LED Side Repeater lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED Side marker LED LED

Rear Rear combination lamp

Stop LED LED Tail LED LED Turn signal LED LED Back up LED LED Side marker LED LED

High mounted stop lamp LED LED License plate lamp W5W 5

Interior

Map lamp LED LED Room lamp LED LED Vanity mirror lamp FESTOON 5 Luggage compartment lamp LED LED Glove box lamp FESTOON 5

8-4

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the drivetrain, cause driveability issues, and possibly cause damage.

CAUTION

If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, your vehicle will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit.

Items Tire Size Wheel Size

Inflation Pressure kPa (psi) Wheel Lug Nut Torque kgfm (lbfft, Nm)

Normal Load *1 Maximum Load *2

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire 225/60 R17 7.0J X 17

250 (36) 250 (36) 250 (36) 250 (36) 11~13

(79~94, 07~127)245/45 R19 7.5J X 19

It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect- ed soon. Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a prop- er level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)

NOTICE

*1: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

*2: Maximum load : Up to 5 persons

8-5

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

VOLUME AND WEIGHT

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

Gross Vehicle Weight lbs. (kg)

Luggage Volume cu ft (l)

Min. Max.

5,159 (2,340) 16.28(461) 51.77 (1,466)

Items Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant oz. (g)

20.280.88 (57525) R-1234yf

Compressor lubricant oz. (cc)

4.590.35 (13010) POE

8-6

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper vehicle performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Reduction gear fluid 1.06 US qt (1 l) GL4 75W/85, TGO-9

Coolant

Fuel cell stack

We recommend that you consult an authorized Hyundai dealer.

Traction motor

Brake fluid Amount required SAE J1703, FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 165.48 US qt. (156.6 l) Hydrogen (SAE J2719 or ISO 14687-2)

8-7

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in register- ing your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

The vehicle certification label attached on the drivers side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OFE088005L

VIN label (if equipped)

OFE088001

Frame number

OFE088002

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

8-8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

The tires supplied on your new vehi- cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the drivers side center pillar gives the tire pres- sures recommended for your car.

The motor number can be seen from under the vehicle. The refrigerant label provides infor-

mation such as refrigerant type and amount. The label is located on the underside of the hood.

TRACTION MOTOR NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL

OFE088003 OFE088006N

OFE088004N

8-9

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER INFORMATION This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information. HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owners Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING". If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your near- est HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:

By Email consumeraffairs@hmausa.com

By Phone (800) 633-5151 English : Mon - Fri 5:00 am - 7:00 pm PST Sat - Sun, 6:30 am -3:00 pm PST

Spanish and Korean : Mon - Fri 6:30 am - 3:00 pm PST

By Mail Hyundai Motor America P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0850

8-10

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA

1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob- lems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Introduction of FCEV .........................................................H2 The components of FCEV..................................................H3

Fuel cell stack ...................................................................................H4 FCEV system module.......................................................................H4 High pressure hydrogen storage tanks......................................H5 Battery system..................................................................................H5

Features of FCEV .............................................................H10 How to Start the Vehicle..............................................................H10 How to Stop the Vehicle ..............................................................H11 Virtual Engine Sound System......................................................H11 Fuel filler door ................................................................................H12 Warning and indicator lights .......................................................H15 LCD Display Messages..................................................................H16 FCEV mode.......................................................................................H21 When the high voltage battery is weak...................................H25 If the 12 volt battery is discharged...........................................H25 Emergency while driving ..............................................................H26

Customer Q&A Guide .......................................................H30

FCEV Vehicle System Overview FCEV : Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle

H2

An FCEV is an electric vehicle which is driven using the electricity generated from the fuel cell. The power system of the FCEV is composed of the following: - The fuel cell stack which generates the electricity - The device which controls the heat generated after supplying the hydrogen and air for chemical reaction of the stack - The inverter which converts the DC created from the stack to AC - The traction motor which generates propelling power using the supplied AC - Air processing system - Fuel processing system

The hydrogen tanks that stores the hydrogen supplied to the fuel cell can be fueled at 70 MPa.

FCEV is Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle

INTRODUCTION OF FCEV

H3

THE COMPONENTS OF FCEV

OFEQ018001N/OFEQ018002/OFEQ018003/OFEQ018004/OFEQ018005

(1) Fuel Cell system

(2) Traction motor system

(3) Hydrogen Tanks

(4) Battery System

1 2

3 4

H4

1. Fuel cell stack

A fuel cell stack is a device that con- verts the chemical energy into elec- tricity thorough a chemical reaction with hydrogen and oxygen. Fuel cell is different from battery in that it requires hydrogen and oxygen con- stantly in order to operate. And it can produce electricity continually for as long as hydrogen and oxygen are supplied. A fuel cell stack is com- posed of many unit cells to obtain the desired power for a vehicle.

2. FCEV powertrain

1. High voltage junction box 2. Fuel cell stack 3. Traction motor

4. Reduction gear 5. Air compressor

The main components of FCEV are Fuel cell stack, air processing sys- tem, fuel processing system, thermal management system, hydrogen stor- age tank, high voltage battery, DC- DC converter, inverter and traction motor, gear differential unit. The Air compressor supplies air to fuel cell system and the hydrogen storage tank supplies hydrogen fuel to fuel cell system. Then the electric energy comes from the fuel cell system. The electric energy deliveried to the motor inverter. The energy finally moves to motor operating.

THE COMPONENTS OF FCEV (CONT.)

OFEQ018006N OFEQ018007

OFEQ018008

If you assemble or disassemble the stack and fuel cell system, hydrogen may leak resulting in fire and this may lead to acci- dents. Never assemble or disas- semble the stack and fuel cell system.

WARNING

H5

3. High pressure hydrogen storage tanks

Compressed hydrogen tank system is composed of three tanks which are filled with hydrogen gas in a gas station. Each tank is made of plastic liner for blocking the hydrogen per- meation and carbon fiber layer sus- tain high pressures. There are main parts to supply hydrogen stably and to enable safety such as magnetic valves, pressure regulator, pressure sensors, pres- sure relief valve, excess flow valve and so on. The hydrogen in the tanks comes into the pressure regulator which has a pressure sensor.

4. Battery system

A 12 V battery integrated with the low and high voltage batteries is installed in the vehicle. The battery supplies the electricity required for driving the vehicle and stores the energy gener- ated from the regenerative braking. When the vehicle accelerates the auxiliary power of the fuel cell sup- plies the energy. The vehicle can drive about 2 miles (3 km) in EV mode until the high voltage battery is discharged.

High voltage cables The electric energy which is generat- ed from fuel cell system or high volt- age battery module is distributed to the various components. Most of the cables are located in the inside or bot- tom of the components. These cables use orange colored cover to distin- guish from other lines. It is required to handle the cables carefully with isola- tion gloves.

OFEQ018004

OFEQ018005

H6

Disconnecting negative (-) battery cable

1. Fold up the luggage board of the liftgate.

2. Disconnect the negative (-) con- nector.

Hydrogen gas detection sensors They detect a hydrogen leak and informs a warning of hydrogen leak to a driver. As informing a warning, the sensors automatically shut off hydrogen. Sensors are installed around the hydrogen storage tanks and FCEV system module. These sensors prevent a hydrogen leak in an emergency. Even if the hydrogen leak occurs, the Fuel cell electric operating does not active. The system operating is changed to EV (Electric vehicle) mode and you may drive the vehicle about 2 miles (3 km). However, we recommend that you stop the vehicle to the safe- ty place and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFEQ018009

THE COMPONENTS OF FCEV (CONT.)

Never touch orange or high voltage labeled components including wires, cables, and connections. If the insulators or covers are damaged or removed, severe injury or death from electrocu- tion may occur.

WARNING

In the fuel cell system, the bat- tery uses high voltage to oper- ate the motor and other compo- nents. This high voltage battery sys- tem can be very dangerous. Never touch the system. If you touch the battery system, seri- ous injury or death may occur.

WARNING

H7

OFEQ018010

Do not disassemble or assem- ble the high voltage battery system. Doing so may result in electric shock causing death or serious injury.

If you disassemble or assem- ble system components improperly, it may damage the performance and reliability of your vehicle.

If coolant and electrolyte come in contact with your body, clothes or eyes, immedi- ately flush with a large quanti- ty of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doc- tor as soon as possible.

WARNING

Never assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system. If you assemble or disassem-

ble the high voltage battery system, the durability and performance of the vehicle may be damaged.

When you want to check the high voltage battery system, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not touch the high voltage battery and high voltage cable connected to motor (orange color). Severe burns and elec- tric shock may occur. For your safety, do not touch the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. Do not remove the cover of electron- ic components and electronic cable. In particular, never touch the high voltage battery system when the FCEV sys- tem is operating. It may result in death or serious injury.

WARNING

Never use the package mod- ules (high voltage battery, inverter, converter) for any other purpose.

Do not use an after-market battery charger to charge the high voltage battery. Doing so may result in death or serious injury.

Never get near or put a high voltage battery system in a fire. Doing so may result in serious burns.

Never drill into, strike or oth- erwise damage the package modules. An electric shock may occur resulting in seri- ous injury or death.

WARNING

H8

THE COMPONENTS OF FCEV (CONT.)

This vehicle uses the high volt- age battery system to generate high voltage. High voltage in the battery sys- tem is very dangerous and can cause severe burns and electric shock. This may result in seri- ous injury or death.

For your safety, never touch, replace, dismantle or remove the high voltage battery sys- tem including components, cables and connectors. Severe burns or electric shock may result in serious injury or death if you do not follow this warning.

When the high voltage battery system operates, the battery system can be hot. Always be careful because burns or elec- tric shock may be caused by high voltage.

Do not drop water or liquid on to Fuel cell power module compartment. The system components are covered. If you drop water or liquid on to system components, it may result in electric shock.

WARNING

When the vehicle is paint baked, do not pass 30 min- utes in 158F (70C) or 20 min- utes in 176F (80C) degree.

When you clean the fuel cell power module compartment, do not wash using water. Water may cause an electric shock to occur and damage electronic parts and compo- nents.

CAUTION

Do not assemble or disassem- ble the hydrogen tank. Improper work may damage the performance and reliabili- ty and unexpected problem may occur. For hydrogen tank work, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Never drill into, strike or oth- erwise damage the hydrogen tank. Unexpected problem may occur resulting in seri- ous injury and death.

Never get near or put a hydro- gen tank in a fire. Doing so may result in big injury.

Never use the hydrogen tank for any other purpose.

WARNING

H9

Service plug

OFEQ018011

The FCEV system contains many electronic components. High voltage components like cables and other parts may emit electromagnetic waves. Even if the electromagnetic cover blocks electromagnetic emis- sions, electromagnetic waves may have an effect on electron- ic appliances. If you park the vehicle for a long time, the high voltage battery or 12V battery will discharge.You need to drive the vehicle several times per month. We recommend driving at least 10 minutes or 2 miles (3 km) when you drive the vehicle. If the high voltage battery is dis- charged and if it is impossible to jump start the vehicle contact your HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

When you start the FCEV sys- tem in the "P" or "N" gear position, the "Ready ( )" indicator is illuminated in the cluster. The driver can drive the vehicle.

When you leave the vehicle, you should turn off the sys- tem or shift into the "P" posi- tion. If you depress the accel- erator pedal by mistake and the vehicle is not in the "P" position, the vehicle will move abruptly. This may result in serious injury or death.

WARNING

Never touch the service plug under the rear seat. The service plug is attached to the high voltage battery system. Touching the service plug will result in death or serious injury. Service personnel should fol- low procedures in service man- ual.

WARNING

H10

How to Start the Vehicle 1. Holding the smart key, sit in the

driver's seat. 2. Fasten the seat belt before start-

ing the vehicle. 3. Make sure to engage the parking

brake. 4. Turn OFF all electrical devices. 5. Make sure to depress and hold

the brake pedal. 6. While depressing the brake pedal,

shift to P (Park). 7. Depress and hold the brake pedal

while pressing the POWER button.

8. When the " " indicator is ON, you can drive the vehicle. When the " " indicator is OFF, you cannot drive the vehicle. Start the vehicle again.

9. Depress and hold the brake pedal and shift to the desired position.

Information While the charging cable is connected, the gear cannot be shift from P (Park) to any other gear for safety reasons.

10. Release the parking brake and slowly release the brake pedal. Check if the vehicle slowly moves forward, then depress the accel- erator pedal.

i

FEATURES OF FCEV

OFEQ018013

H11

How to Stop the Vehicle 1. Hold down the brake pedal while

the vehicle is parked. 2. While depressing the brake pedal,

shift to P (Park). 3. While depressing the brake pedal,

engage the parking brake. 4. While depressing the brake pedal,

press the Power button and turn off the vehicle.

5. Check if the " " indicator is turned OFF on the instrument cluster. When the " " indicator is ON and the gear is in a position other than P (Park), the driver can acci- dently depress the accelerator pedal, causing the vehicle to move unexpectedly.

Virtual Engine Sound System The Virtual Engine Sound System generates engine sound for pedestri- ans to hear vehicle sound because there is no sound while the FCEV vehicle is operating. If the vehicle is in the ready ( )

mode and the gear is not in P (Park),

When the gear is shifted to R (Reverse), an additional warning sound will be heard.

The vehicle does not generate a sound. Be aware of your driving environment and drive safely.

After you park the vehicle or while you are waiting at a traf- fic light, check whether there are children or obstacles around the vehicle.

Check if there is something behind the vehicle when driv- ing in reverse. Pedestrians may not hear the sound of the vehicle.

CAUTION

H12

Fuel filler door Opening the fuel filler door

1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Push the fuel filler door opener

button.

The fuel filler door does not open if the vehicle is not off.

The fuel filler door may open after several seconds from turn- ing off the vehicle. However, in cold weather, the fuel door may not open for about 45 seconds until the cluster message "Powering down..." disappears. This is for protecting the fuel cell system.

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open.

4. Pull the fuel filler cap (2). 5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

NOTICE

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

OFEQ018014L

OFEQ018015N

H13

Information If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved de- icer fluid (do not use radiator anti- freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

Closing the fuel filler door 1. Cover the fuel filler with the cap. 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

i

If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use parts for replacement from an author- ized Hyundai dealer. An incor- rect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for replacement.

If the fuel filler door is not completely closed, the vehicle is not turned on. Close the fuel filler door and turn on the vehicle.

WARNING

According to the hydrogen fueling station condition the hydrogen may not be filled fully and the driving distance may change accordingly. The hydrogen may not be charged fully if the fueling station does not satisfy the fueling method specified in the fueling. stan- dard (SAE J2601) or if the hydrogen is not enough in the station, the fueling facility has failure, etc.

Depending on the remaining hydrogen in the vehicle and ambient temperature, the time required for fueling may vary. More time may be required for fueling if the remaining hydro- gen level is low and the weather is hot. Also, required time may be longer if the hydrogen cooling tempera- ture of the fueling station is high.

The distance to empty may vary depending on the driving environment (weather, traffic, etc.) and driving method (rapid acceleration, heating and air conditioning, etc.).

WARNING

H14

Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refuel- ing since you can generate static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of produc- ing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning. If you must re- enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate poten- tially dangerous static elec- tricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, noz- zle or other gasoline source.

Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric cur- rent and/or electronic interfer- ence from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

When refueling, always shut the power off. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the fuel filler cap and fuel filler door are securely closed, before starting the vehicle.

DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire.

If a fire breaks out during refu- eling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately con- tact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

Refueling dangers

Automotive fuels are flammable materials. When refueling, please note the following guide- lines carefully. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in severe personal injury, severe burns or death by fire or explo- sion. Read and follow all warning

posted at the gas station facil- ity.

Before touching the fuel noz- zle, you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touch- ing another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, noz- zle, or other gas source.

WARNING

H15

Warning and indicator lights

OFE048100N

1. Power gauge

2. Speedometer

3. Fuel cell stack temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. Odometer/LCD display/Trip computer

6. Warning and indicator lights

Air bag warning Charging system warning Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist (FCA) system warningSeat belt warning Low fuel level warning Immobilizer Indicator

Parking brake & brake fluid warning

Low tire pressure warning Turn Signal Indicator EPB Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning

Regenerative brake warning

Service warning High Beam Indicator AUTO

HOLD AUTO HOLD Indicator

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) warning

Power down warning Light ON Indicator Master Warning

Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) warning

Hydrogen gas leak warning (Red)

Ready indicator LED Headlamp warning

Hydrogen leak sensor warning (Yellow)

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator

Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator

Yellow

For more details, refer to the Instrument cluster in Chapter 3.

H16

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

LCD Display Messages Check FCEV System

This warning message is displayed and the warning light illuminates when the FCEV system is not work- ing properly. In this case,have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Power limited due to high coolant temperature

This warning message is displayed when the FCEV's stack is overheat- ed and the power supply to the FCEV system is limited. If the warning light stays on when in "Ready ( )" state or while driving the vehicle, this indicates that the fuel cell stack may have failure. In this case, we recommend you to drive safely and have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Replace fuel cell coolant and filter

This warning message is displayed when the fuel cell coolant and filter need to be checked. In this case, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Refill electric components coolant

This warning message is displayed when the electronic device's coolant level in the tank is low. In this case, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and refill the coolant.

Stop vehicle and check power supply

This warning message is displayed when any serious malfunction of the vehicle is detected. In this case, drive the vehicle imme- diately to a safe area and turn off the vehicle. Then turn the vehicle on again. If the message is displayed again, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not drive on uphill or accel- erate suddenly when the power down warning light is on. The power is limited and may result in dangerous situation or vehi- cle damage.

CAUTION

H17

Close fuel door before turning vehicle On

This warning message is displayed when you turn on the vehicle with the fuel filler door open. Close the fuel filler door and turn on the vehicle again.

Hydrogen tank overfilled due to hydrogen station error

This warning message is displayed when the hydrogen tank is over-refu- eled with the hydrogen due to a prob- lem of the fueling station. Turn off the vehicle and then turn on the vehicle. If the message is dis- played again, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Small hydrogen leak possible This warning message is displayed when the minor hydrogen leakage is detected in the vehicle. In this case, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the vehicle has to be stopped due to the leakage, hydrogen gas leak warning light (red) will illuminate and 'Hydrogen leak detected. Stop safely immediately.' message is displayed.

Power limited due to low hydrogen tank temperature

This warning message is displayed to protect the battery and fuel cell system when the temperature of the hydrogen tank is low. If this message is still displayed after the ambient temperature has increased enough, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Hydrogen tank temperature out of range! Stop safely immediately

This warning message is displayed to protect the hydrogen tank system when the temperature of the hydro- gen tank is too high or too low. Turn off the vehicle and stop to let the temperature of the hydrogen tank go down.

If this message is still displayed after the vehicle is turned off and stopped for a sufficient time, we recommend you to stop driving and have your vehi- cle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

H18

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

Hydrogen leak detected. Stop safely immediately

This warning message is displayed and the hydrogen gas leak warning light (red) illuminates when the hydrogen leakage is detected in the vehicle. In this case, we recommend you to stop driving and stop the vehi- cle immediately at a safe area. Then turn off the vehicle and have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check hydrogen leak sensor This warning message is displayed and the light showing the malfunction of the hydrogen leakage detection sensor illuminates when there is a malfunction with the hydrogen leak- age detection sensor. In this case, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Refueling This warning message is displayed while refueling the vehicle. Do not turn on the vehicle and wait until the refueling is complete.

Check fuel door sensor This warning message is displayed when there is a malfunction with the sensor located below the fueling inlet which is used for communicating with the fueling station. Check and remove if there is any foreign sub- stance around the fueling inlet. If this message is still displayed after the foreign substance is removed, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Open fuel door after turning vehicle Off

This warning message is displayed when you try to open the fuel filler door while the vehicle is turned on. Turn of the vehicle and open the fuel filler door. If the message is still dis- played after a while, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Replace hydrogen tank. Maximum number of refill cycles exceeded

This warning message is displayed when the number of times refueling the vehicle exceeds the predefined number (4,995 times). The fuel cell system stops operation for safety even if the vehicle is refueled enough and when there is no problem with the vehicle. In this case, have the hydrogen storage system replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Power limited due to fuel cell system error

This warning message is displayed when there is a malfunction with the fuel cell system and the power sup- ply to the fuel cell system is limited. If the warning light stays on when in "Ready ( )" state or while driving the vehicle, this indicates that the fuel cell system may have failure. In this case, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

H19

Check fuel cell system! Stop safely immediately

This warning message is displayed when any serious malfunction of the fuel cell system is detected. In this case, immediately park the vehicle at a safe area and turn off the vehicle. Then turn the vehicle on again. If the message is displayed again, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Unable to start vehicle! Check high voltage system

This warning message is displayed when there is a malfunction with the high voltage system. If the vehicle will not turn on, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Unable to start vehicle. Hydrogen too low

This warning message is displayed when the fuel is empty and the vehi- cle is not turned on. The vehicle will not turn on and we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check FCEV System! Stop and turn vehicle Off

This warning message is displayed when there is a temporary malfunc- tion with the FCEV system. Stop the vehicle at a safe area and turn off the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle after a while. If the message is dis- played again, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check 12V battery. Stop safely and engage parking brake

This warning message is displayed when the voltage of the auxiliary bat- tery is low. Stop the vehicle at a safe area and turn off the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle after a while. If the message is displayed again, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Low fuel This warning message is displayed when you need to refuel the vehicle. Refuel the vehicle immediately at a nearby fueling station.

H20

Air filter blocked. Check filter or see owner's manual

This warning message is displayed when - the snow may block the air cleaner

filter after driving the vehicle in heavy snow when the ambient temperature is below 50F (10C) or

- the exhaust pipe may be frozen and clogged when the vehicle is parked for a long time with the vehicle ON below 50F (10C).

In this case, remove the snow from the inside of the air cleaner filter and turn on and off the vehicle. If the warning message is displayed again, the exhaust pipe may be blocked. Then, move your vehicle indoors and leave it inside more than one day to defrost the exhaust pipe. If the warning message is displayed again, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFE078009

OFE078010

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

H21

FCEV mode Entering FCEV Mode

If you select the "FCEV" menu in the AVN home screen or the "FCEV" in the menu, you can enter the FCEV mode. For details on FCEV Mode, refer to the navigation manu- al that is provided separately.

FCEV Mode Menu Screen

1. Reachable Range: It shows the reachable range on the map.

2. Fuel cell monitoring: It shows the battery information and the power transmission flow between the compo- nents.

3. ECO Driving: It shows the fuel efficiency information and environmental contribution.

4. Management : It shows the status of hydrogen tank (warning alert) and 'FCEV Route' setting.

OFEQ018017N OFEQ018019N

OFEQ018018N

H22

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

Reachable Range

You can check the reachable range on the screen

Fuel cell monitoring

You can check the FCEV's Start-up status, battery infor- mation and power transmission flow between the compo- nents.

OFEQ018020N OFEQ018021L

H23

Hydrogen fuel economy

1. Fuel Efficiency Graph: It shows fuel efficiency informa- tion of the last 45 minutes.

2. Average Fuel Efficiency (MPGe): It shows the average fuel efficiency.

3. Initialization: It initializes the fuel efficiency graph infor- mation.

ECO contribution

You can check the amount of purified air and CO2 reduc- tion rate. - Air purification

It shows the amount of air that 0 adult(s) breathe(s) per day is purified

- CO2 reduction It shows that the same amount of CO2 exhausted by an equal class gasoline vehicle is reduced.

OFEQ018022L OFEQ018023N

H24

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

Management 1. Hydrogen Tank : It shows the temperature, pressure

and status of the hydrogen tank while driving. 2. Warning [Destination unreachable warning]

You can set to have the warning pop up when the vehi- cle cannot reach the destination with the current remaining hydrogen fuel.

3. FCEV Route [Display FCEV Route Bar on Map] You can set to indicate the FCEV route and reachable range on the map screen.OFEQ018024N

OFEQ018025N

OFEQ018026N

H25

When the high voltage battery is weak When the high voltage battery is weak due to driving on a hill for a long time or accelerating and decel- erating the vehicle repeatedly, the acceleration performance may be lower than usual. In this case, be cautious not to overtake other vehi- cles.

If the 12 volt battery is dis- charged This vehicle does not have a regular 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion polymer type integrated into the high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V bat- tery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge. If the 12V battery is discharged, you should try charging it by pressing the "12V BATT RESET" button.

Using the 12V battery reset switch

1. Press the 12V Battery Reset switch to reconnect the 12V bat- tery.

2. Start the vehicle within 15 sec- onds of pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch.

3. After starting vehicle ( indica- tor on), move the vehicle outside and keep the vehicle ready ( ) mode more than 30 minutes safe- ly to charge the 12V battery.

OFEQ018012

H26

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

If you do not start the vehicle imme- diately after pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch, the power of 12V bat- tery is automatically disconnected after few seconds to save the 12V battery from additional discharge. If the 12V battery is disconnected prior to starting the vehicle, press the 12V Battery Reset switch again and then immediately start the vehicle as explained. Repeated use of the 12V Battery Reset switch without a sufficient ON cycle (30 Min+) may cause over dis- charge of the 12V battery, which will prevent the vehicle from starting. If the 12V battery is over discharged to a point that the reset does not work, try to jump-start the vehicle.

Information After starting the vehicle ( indica- tor on), the 12V battery is being charged whether the accelerator pedal is depressed or not.

For more details regarding the jump start, refer to the 'Jump star- ing' in Owner's manual Chapter 6.

Emergency while driving If an accident occurs 1. Stop the vehicle, put the gear into

the P (Park) position, set the park- ing brake, and turn the vehicle off to prevent the hydrogen and cur- rent from leaking. The flow of hydrogen into the fuel cell stack will be shut off to prevent the current from being generated.

2. Evacuate to the safety place. 3. Call emergency services for help

and let them know the vehicle is a Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle.

i

H27

If a fire occurs 1. Stop the vehicle, put the gear into

the P(Park) position, set the park- ing brake, and turn the vehicle off to prevent the hydrogen and cur- rent from leaking. The flow of hydrogen into the fuel cell stack will be shut off to prevent the current from being generated.

2. If the fire is small, which can be extinguished with fire extinguisher, use carbon dioxide extinguisher. You can also extinguish the fire with water when the vehicle power is turned off.

If the fire is too big to be extinguished with the fire extinguisher, evacuate from the vehicle, call the fire depart- ment, and let them know the vehicle is a Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle. Do not come close to the vehicle until the fire is totally extinguished.

Emergency venting of hydrogen gas If the temperature near the safety valve located at the rear under vehi- cle is over 110C caused by a fire or other reasons, the safety valve will open to vent hydrogen gas. Venting the hydrogen gas makes a loud noise because the venting speed is very fast. Stay well away from the vehicle. This jet stream of hydrogen gas could ignite.

If a submersion in water occurs If your vehicle was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring, you should not try to start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button. Call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not use water to extinguish a fire when the vehicle power is turned on. Serious electric shock may result.

WARNING

H28

FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)

If you have a flat tire while driv- ing If a tire goes flat while you are driving: 1. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immedi- ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con- trol. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on your emergency hazard flash- ers, set the parking brake and put the gear into the P (Park) position.

3. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.

If the vehicle stalls while driving 1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau- tiously off the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers. 3. Try to start the vehicle again. If

your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the vehicle stalls at a cross- road or crossing If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the gear in the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place.

Exhaust pipe The FCEV is driven by electricity which is generated when the oxygen in the air and the hydrogen in the vehicle is combined. The principle is the opposite of the electrolysis of water; the decomposition of water making hydrogen and oxygen. The FCEV is emission-free and water is created when the hydrogen and oxygen reacts in the process of making the electricity. Some water may be discharged through the exhaust pipe when the vehicle is turned off after driving.This is normal but be careful in winter as the puddle made by the exhausted water may freeze resulting in accident. Also, take cautious as the exhausted steam may reach the vehicle parked in the back when you turn off the vehicle in winter.

H29

Hydrogen station You can search the hydrogen fueling station and set the station as the destination in the AVN screen. Select 'Menu-Nearby POI' in the map screen and select 'Fuel stations' to see the list of stations. Set the near- est station as the destination. Check the station operation status and opening hours before visiting the sta- tion. Fully refueling the vehicle may be impossible depending on the station condition and the reachable range may change accordingly. Also, the refueling time may vary depending on the hydrogen fueling pressure and ambient temperature. The reachable range may change according to the driving environment (weather, traffic, etc.) and driving method (sudden acceleration, heat- ing and air conditioning, etc.).

* Refueling the hydrogen gas must be done by the person who has completed the certification course and training related to the high- pressure gas. Self-refueling is pro- hibited.

H30

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle overview (10 items)

1. Does a Hydrogen Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle (FCEV) have similar performance to standard, non-electric vehicles?

FCEV performance characteristics are generally equivalent to stan- dard vehicles, but with better noise control.

2. If water floods the fuel cell power module compartment, due to heavy rain or flood- ing for example, will it have any effect on the vehicle?

Every component housed in the fuel cell power module compart- ment is designed to be waterproof through evaluation which meets the IP69K standard, so you don't have to worry about any potential faults or safety problems if water contacts the fuel cell. However, if the vehicle is fully flooded, have the vehicle checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

3. When starting or stopping the vehicle, there's a noise. Is this noise cause for concern?

The sound you hear is normal. The noise emanates from the blower motor starting up to remove any residual water vapor in the fuel cell system. Also, when you turn on the vehicle you may hear a brief oper- ation sound from the hydrogen storage system which is located on the back of the vehicle. This is a normal sound which is occurred when the system tries to balance the pressure between the hydrogen tanks.

4. Is there a possibility that extremely cold weather can prevent vehicle startup?

In most instances, the vehicle can get startup in cold weather with- out any problems. However, the vehicle may not start if the vehicle is parked with the ignition off for over a week in cold temperatures. In this case, turn on the vehicle 2-3 times repeatedly. If you will not be turning on the ignition for more than a week in cold weather, it is recommended that you park the vehicle inside a building, if possible.

Notice)

In particular, make sure to park the vehicle indoor when the temper- ature is below -30C. If the vehicle is parked outside for over 12 hours under such weather fuel cell components may be damaged. Also, avoid driving under such weather to prevent damaging the fuel cell components.

H31

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle overview (10 items)

5. Why is there an engine noise at low speeds, even though there is no engine?

The noise is generated from the air compressor and cooling pump working to supply air to the fuel cell or it's from Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS).

6. When turning on and off the vehicle in cold weather, there's a loud noise. Is this noise cause for concern?

When you turn on the vehicle or turn off the vehicle in cold weather, the air compressor removes the generated water inside the fuel cell system and the noise is generated during this process, which is nor- mal. In this case, certain amount of water may drain through the vehicle bottom and exhaust pipe.

7. Why does a noise emanate when the vehicle moves in reverse?

Normally, the noise is a result of the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS) working when the FCEV runs at low velocity (1~12 mph (1~20 km/h)) after shifting to D or N. However, when shifting to R, the VESS operates immediately, regardless of vehicle speed. In addition, a separate warning chime will sound to have the pedestri- an aware of the approaching vehicle.

8. The FCEV is equipped with a reduction gear but no transmission. What makes it different from standard vehicles?

The transmission of standard vehicles delivers power as conditions require via multiple transmission gears. However, the reduction gear of the FCEV is designed to deliver power by reducing the motor's RPM as operating conditions dictate, or to move backwards by reversing the rotational direction of the shaft.

H32

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle overview (10 items)

9. Can driving on test roads or over speed bumps damage the high voltage battery and hydrogen tank?

The high voltage battery and hydrogen tank are unlikely to be damaged under normal driving conditions. However, if the system begins to mal- function due to a direct and serious vehicular impact, you are informed of those system errors via warning lights on and the LCD display.

Service warning light :

10. A water-like liquid is being discharged from the muffler and bottom of the vehi- cle. Is it harmful to humans?

Water or vapor discharged is generated from electrochemical reac- tions in the fuel cell stack, and is not harmful to humans. However, liquids generated from the reactions can be somewhat acidic, so DO NOT touch or ingest the liquid!

Also, the water discharged when parking the vehicle indoor may make a puddle on the floor. Be careful as such puddle can freeze and result in accident during winter.

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

H33

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle Management

(12 items)

11. Can I wash my FCEV with pressurized water? What if water flows into the fuel cell power module compartment?

Every component housed in the fuel cell power module compart- ment is designed to be waterproof like those found in standard vehi- cles. Therefore, a short circuit of the FCEV cannot happen while washing the car. However, your FCEV works by utilizing high-voltage electric power, so it is recommended that you avoid high-pressure car washes. If the insulation resistance of the FCEV deteriorates due to car wash, a High voltage warning light may turn on the cluster.

Service warning light :

12. When washing the fuel cell power mod- ule compartment, is there any potential risk of electric shock resulting from a high-voltage short circuit?

The FCEV is designed to be a waterproof structure, but please avoid washing the inside of the compartment if possible. Because there are many high voltage parts in the power module compart- ment.

13. Can I wash the bottom of the vehicle? If yes, what should I be aware of?

The FCEV is designed to be a waterproof structure, but please avoid washing the botttom of the vehicle if possible. Because there are high voltage cables in the under cover.

14. Can driving with a tire chain affect the drive motor?

Driving with a tire chain causes no direct damage to the drive motor.

15. How should I jump start the vehicle?

Try charging it by pressing the "12V BATT RESET" button first. Refer to the "If the 12 volt battery is discharged" in this guide book. It it doesn't work, refer to the "Jump starting" in the Owner's manual chapter 6.

H34

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle Management

(12 items)

16. Does the FCEV use a different coolant type from that of standard vehicles? (Difference between Stack cooling coolant and Device cooling coolant.)

Stack cooling coolant is an exclusive coolant for the fuel cell, which is characterized by its use of a non-ionic anti-corrosion agent (an additive) and very low electric conductivity. In comparison, the device cooling coolant is a coolant similar to that used in standard vehicles and has a very high electric conductivity.

If the stack cooling coolant is used with the electrical cooling sys- tem, it will corrode the electrical system parts. If the device cooling coolant is used with the fuel cell cooling system, it will damage the system insulation resistor due to high electric conductivity. This car- ries the additional risk of shocking the driver (electric shock).

17. What should I be aware of when park- ing the vehicle? Can I park the FCEV in an enclosed underground parking lot? (Risk of hydrogen gas leak.)

Hydrogen gas supply is cutoff after Power-OFF to prevent the hydro- gen gas from leaking.

18. If the FCEV will be parked for a long period, what should I do?

For long-term parking situations, a high-voltage battery will gradually lose its charge [low SOC(State Of Charge)], potentially causing igni- tion failure.

1. In order to minimize the discharge of the high-voltage battery, turn off the power using the POWER button and disconnect the (-) ter- minal of the auxiliary battery (12 V) from the vehicle.

2. To recharge the high-voltage battery, it is recommended that you drive your FCEV two or three times a month, for no less than 10 minutes or 2 miles (3 km) during each session.

3. If the vehicle does not startup, press the "12V BATT RESET" but- ton or jump start the vehicle. Otherwise contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

H35

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle Management

(12 items)

19. What are the do-it-yourself (DIY) main- tenance items for the FCEV?

DIY Check: Device cooling coolant, Stack cooling coolant, Brake Fluid, Tire and Wheels

DIY Maintenance: Washer fluid, Air cleaner, Climate control air filter, Wiper blades, Fuse, Light bulb

20. What should I be aware of when doing DIY maintenance work?

Be careful not to touch the high-voltage cable (orange color), coolant, and ion filter.

21. Tell me what the potential effects are of parking long-term in a cold area (-4 F (-20 C)) for the FCEV, and whether or not the vehicle can startup under such conditions.

In most instances, the vehicle can get startup in cold weather with- out any problems. However, the vehicle may not start if it is parked with the power off for over a week in cold temperatures. In this case, If you will not be turning on the vehicle for more than a week in cold weather, it is recommended that you park the vehicle inside a build- ing, if possible.

22. What parts must I not touch with hands? For example, high-voltage cable, ion filter, etc.?

High-voltage cable (orange color), ion filter, parts with a high voltage warning sticker.

Also, never touch the hydrogen storage system under the liftgate, the hydrogen supply pipe under the vehicle and the hydrogen supply system components on the right side (based on the drivers position) of the hood.

H36

Category Questions Answers

Cluster/ Warning Lamp

(9 items)

23. What shall I do if the hydrogen gas leak warning light turns on on the cluster?

(Red)

If the hydrogen gas leak warning light turns on during "READY" sta- tus or in driving mode, this indicates a hydrogen gas leak inside the vehicle. DO NOT lose your composure. Park your vehicle and turn OFF the vehicle. Then, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.

24. Can I keep driving the vehicle even if the hydrogen gas leak warning light turns on on the cluster?

(Red)

The fuel cell stops working if hydrogen is no longer available. However, the FCEV can run for an additional distance (About 2 miles (3 km)) in EV mode where the vehicle runs only on battery power. Mileage in EV mode can vary depending on the "state of charge" (SOC) of the high voltage battery, so move your vehicle to the nearest shoulder on the road. Then, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.

25. While driving to a service center after the hydrogen gas leak warning light turns on on the cluster, is it possible that the vehicle catch fire if there is something nearby to ignite the leaking gas (cigarette butt, etc.)?

(Red)

As soon as the hydrogen gas leak warning light appears, the fuel cell operation is disabled immediately to cut the supply of hydrogen. This prevents the possibility of a fire occurring.

26. What should I do if a power down warn- ing light turns on?

If the power down warning light turns on during "READY" status or in driving mode, power supply to the fuel cell system is cut off. If the warning light turns on repeatedly when restarting the vehicle after parking your car on the safe place, please contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

H37

Category Questions Answers

Cluster/ Warning Lamp

(9 items)

27. What should I do if the service warning light turns on? If the service warning light turns on during "READY" status or in driv-

ing mode, it may indicate a malfunction in operation with any fuel cell system. Please contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.

28. What should I do if the master warning light turns on?

If the service warning light turns on when there is a malfuction in operation in any of the vehicle systems. Please look at the LCD dis- play for details and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service if needed.

29. How much farther (roughly) can I drive my FCEV when the fuel warning light turns on? (Remaining mileage)

You can continue driving for an additional 40~55 miles (70~90 km). It may depend on driving mode.

30. When restarting the vehicle, the " " indicator turns on on the cluster. What does this mean?

It means that the fuel cell system is working in good order and your car is ready to drive.

31. Why does the vehicles hydrogen tank have a life expectancy?

The hydrogen tank is frequently refueled with the high pressure hydrogen gas and the number of times refueling the vehicle is limit- ed to 5,000 times (or 15 years). The hydrogen storage system counts the number of times the vehicle is refueled and turns on the warning light when the vehicle is refueled for over 4,995 times. Every time the vehicle is turned on the warning message "Replace hydrogen tank. Maximum number of refill cycles exceeded" is dis- played on the cluster. The vehicle can be driven about 1-3 million kilometers until the vehicle is refueled 5,000 times, meaning that the hydrogen tank is used semi-permanently under common driving condition.

H38

Category Questions Answers

Hydrogen System

(7 items)

32. What happens if hydrogen in the hydro- gen tank is completely consumed?

The fuel cell stops working if hydrogen is no longer available. However, the FCEV can run for an additional distance (About 2 miles (3 km)) in EV mode where the vehicle runs only on battery power. Mileage in EV mode can vary depending on the "status of charge" (SOC) of the high voltage battery, so move your vehicle to the nearest shoulder on the road. Then, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.

33. If the hydrogen gas tank is fully refu- eled, how much farther can the FCEV run?

It can travel as far as 300~370 miles (500~600 km) at a constant vehicle speed of 50 mph(80 kph). Realistically though, this travel distance is shorter due to normal acceleration and deceleration when driving.

34. Which mechanism allows for the hydro- gen gas tank to be refueled, and is it possible to refuel the tank as much as you need? Is it possible that the tank may not be fully refueled?

The tank is refueled by utilizing the difference in hydrogen pressure between the refueling station and the vehicle. When refueling, the hydrogen gas pressure of the refueling station is higher than that of the vehicle. The act of refueling can be stopped as desired. Normally, the gas tank is not fully refueled with hydrogen if the sta- tion's hydrogen pressure is not sufficiently high, or if the station sys- tem cannot communicate with the vehicle.

System and the vehicle communicates the temperature and pres- sure of hydrogen gas via wireless network.

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

H39

Category Questions Answers

Hydrogen System

(7 items)

35. In the beginning, when driving the new vehicle, I hear hissing sounds regularly from the hood while the vehicle is stopped. Is this noise cause for con- cern?

In the beginning, the purity of hydrogen in the hydrogen tank of the new vehicle may be somewhat low. It is a normal noise which occurs when the system discharges the hydrogen more frequently compensating the low hydrogen purity. The fuel efficiency of the new vehicle may be low in the beginning due to the frequent hydrogen discharge. However, this is a normal condition. In general, the hydro- gen purity returns to normal range after refueling 3-4 times.

H40

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

Category Questions Answers

Hydrogen System

(7 items)

36. How should I refuel the tank with hydro- gen gas? And what should I take care of?

* Close the fuel cap and fuel filler door firmly.

* The gas tank may not be fully filled depending on the conditions of the hydrogen station.

* Carefully read any precautions about refueling at hydrogen gas stations.

* Be careful not to cause static electricity when touching the fuel filler with your hand. (To avoid static electricity, be sure to touch your bare hand on something metallic as far from the fuel filler as possible.)

* DO NOT get out of, or go into, your car while the gas tank is being refueled.

* DO NOT use any mobile device. Fire may occur due to electric current / radio wave from the mobile device.

* Make sure that the fuel cell system stops working before refueling the gas tank.

* DO NOT smoke a cigarette or strike a lighter while refueling the gas tank.

* If you need assistance with refueling the gas tank after completely consuming all the available fuel in the vehicle, please contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

H41

Category Questions Answers

Hydrogen System

(7 items)

37. Is it possible that water, oil, etc. may be introduced to the hydrogen gas tank via the fuel filler? If yes, what do I need to do to prevent this?

Normally, water and oil cannot flow into the hydrogen tank via the fuel filler, but it can flow in while refueling. Be careful not to intro- duce any contaminants via the fuel filler.

38. While refueling the hydrogen, I hear irregular abnormal noises. Is this noise cause for concern?

The hydrogen gas is in high pressure (70 MPa) condition when refu- eled to the vehicle's storage tank. Therefore, you will hear the sound of the gas flowing in the beginning. Abnormal noise is occurred due to the gas flow because of the difference in refueling pressure, etc. depending on the gas pressure condition at the refueling station and this is very normal.

H42

Category Questions Answers

Fuel Cell Stack/High

Voltage Battery

(4 items)

39. What happens if hydrogen gas leaks from the fuel cell stack?

(Red)

If hydrogen gas leaks beyond what's tolerable from the fuel cell stack, a hydrogen sensor installed in the system detects the leak and in response, turns ON the hydrogen gas leak warning light in the cluster.

40. Can the fuel cell stack explode or burn out due to overheating?

The fuel cell stack passed a high temperature test and is deemed safe, so it is unlikely to explode.

41. Which symptoms occur if the fuel cell system malfunctions?

If the fuel cell system malfunctions, warning lights specific to the actual problem appear on the LCD display. When this happens, the vehicle speed may be limited, or the fuel cell system may shut down. DO NOT lose your composure if this happens. Park your vehi- cle and turn OFF the vehicle. Then, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.

42. Is the recharge performance of the high voltage battery reduced depending on its length of use?

Like any vehicle component, the high voltage battery will decrease in performance as it ages over time. However, the high voltage bat- tery of the FCEV is durable enough to work at peak performance beyond the warranty period.

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

H43

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle Accidents/

Towing (5 items)

43. Is there a risk of electric shock from the high-voltage parts in the event of a colli- sion or accident?

The FCEV is designed to detect impact events during a collision or accident so that the hydrogen gas supply is immediately cutoff. Also, the high-voltage relay is activated to cutoff the supply of electric power to the fuel cell stack and high-voltage battery. Moreover, the FCEV satisfies international electrical safety standards for collisions and accidents.

44. Should I take any special safety precau- tions in the event of a collision or acci- dent?

Despite the uniqueness of the hydrogen FCEV, you do not have to take any special safety precautions in the event of a minor collision or accident. In the event of a minor accident, turn off the vehicle to cutoff the supply of electric power and hydrogen gas. Also, the FCEV is equipped with collision sensors at the front and rear of the vehicle so those sensors are activated during an actual collision to automatically cutoff the supply of power and hydrogen to ensure driver and passen- ger safety. For other situations, follow the same procedures as you would with a standard vehicle. Depending on the severity of the colli- sion or accident, take appropriate measures.

45. Is a high-voltage battery designed to ensure occupant safety? Can it explode from a collision?

Our battery packs are designed to prevent any explosion due to physical impact or damage, and they fully satisfy international safety standards.

H44

Category Questions Answers

Vehicle Accidents/

Towing (5 items)

46. Is a hydrogen tank designed to ensure occupant safety? Can it explode from a collision?

The hydrogen tank is designed to prevent any risk of explosion. It is completely safe.

47. How should the FCEV be towed, and what precautions should be taken?

The FCEV can be towed in the same manner as standard vehicles. If you need emergency towing, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. To avoid damage to the vehicle, you need to follow proper pulling and towing procedures. The FCEV is equipped with a front wheel drive (FWD) motor, so use a flatbed or wheel dolly to tow the vehicle. If the front wheels touch the road sur- face while being towed, they will rotate and this can cause the FWD motor to generate electricity. This can cause unwanted failure of the FCEV.

CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

H45

Category Questions Answers

Explosion or Fire (5 items)

48. What should I do if the FCEV catches fire?

1. stop driving the car. Move the shift to P (Park), then step on the brake to turn OFF the vehicle. The fuel cell stack is shut down, which cuts off the supply of hydrogen fuel.

2. If possible, open the windows to ventilate the air.

3. If the fire is small enough to get under your own control, use the fire extinguisher to put it out.

If the fire is much larger, get out of your car and contact the local fire station to report your FECV is on fire. DO NOT get close to your car before the fire is completely extinguished.

49. In case of vehicle fire, should I use the fire extinguisher? Can I use water to extinguish the fire?

In the event your FCEV catches fire with the power system OFF, the power source of the high-voltage system is cut off, so you are unlikely to get shocked while you put out the fire using water. (Even when the vehicle is submerged in water, there is no risk of getting shocked.)

However, if your car catches fire with the ignition ON, you MUST use the fire extinguisher. Any attempt to extinguish the fire with water may cause electric shock.

50. What kind of fire extinguisher should I use?

It is recommended that you use a dedicated fire extinguisher (CO2) for an electrical fire of the high-voltage system.

51. Can the hydrogen tank explode if it overheats in very hot weather?

The hydrogen tank passed a high temperature test and is deemed safe, so it is unlikely to explode.

52. In case of vehicle fire, is it possible that the hydrogen tank will explode?

In case of vehicle fire, a heat-sensitive safety valve is activated to exhaust the hydrogen gas downward from the tank by force. Therefore, the hydrogen tank is unlikely to explode. However, addi- tional flames can flare up from the forced exhaustion of the gas, so please evacuate to a safe place far away from the vehicle.

I

Index

I-2

12V battery......................................................................7-27

Battery recharging ......................................................7-28

Reset Features ............................................................7-28

AC Inverter ...................................................................3-166

Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-3

Smart Key.....................................................................3-3

Immobilizer System .....................................................3-9

Active Hood Lift System................................................2-70

System activation .......................................................2-70

System limitation........................................................2-71

System malfunction....................................................2-72

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-47

Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-49

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-52

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates ..................2-57

Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-58

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-60

SRS Care ....................................................................2-60

Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-60

Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-60

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-63

SRS Care ....................................................................2-68

Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-69

Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-69

Air Bag Warning Labels .................................................2-69

Air cleaner.......................................................................7-20

Filter Replacement .....................................................7-20

Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-5

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-29

Appearance care..............................................................7-62

Exterior Care ..............................................................7-62

Interior Care ...............................................................7-67

Auto Hold .......................................................................5-25

Automatic Climate Control System..............................3-146

Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-147

Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-147

System Operation .....................................................3-154

System Maintenance ................................................3-155

Before Driving ..................................................................5-4

Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4

Before Starting .............................................................5-4

Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-avoidance Assist........................5-53

System Description ....................................................5-53

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-54

Warning and System Control .....................................5-57

Detecting Sensor (Front View Camera and Rear Corner Radar) .................................................5-59

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-62

Index

A

B

I-3

Blind-Spot View Monitor System ..................................5-77

Operating conditions ..................................................5-77

Blind-Spot View Monitor system warning ................5-78

Brake fluid ......................................................................7-19

Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-19

Braking System...............................................................5-18

Power Brakes..............................................................5-18

Disc Brake Wear Indicator .........................................5-19

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-19

Auto Hold...................................................................5-25

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-29

Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-31

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-34

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-36

Good Braking Practices..............................................5-36

Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-3

California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-70

Cargo Security Screen ..................................................3-173

Center Console Storage ................................................3-162

Child Restraint System (CRS)........................................2-36

Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-36

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-37

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-39

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks...................................3-18

Climate Control Additional Features ............................3-161

Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-161

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation .............................3-161

Climate control air filter .................................................7-22

Filter Inspection..........................................................7-22

Clock .............................................................................3-170

Coat Hook .....................................................................3-171

Consumer Information......................................................8-9

Cup Holder....................................................................3-163

Customer Q&A Guide (FCEV).......................................H30

Device cooling coolant ...................................................7-13

Checking the Coolant Level.......................................7-13

Changing Coolant.......................................................7-15

Dimensions .......................................................................8-2

Disc Brake Wear Indicator..............................................5-19

Door Locks......................................................................3-11

Door unlocking from outside the vehicle...................3-11

Door locking from outside the vehicle.......................3-14

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .........3-14

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-17

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-18

Drive Mode Integrated Control System .........................5-37

Drive mode change alert ............................................5-38

ECO mode climate control.........................................5-38 I

Index

C

D

I-4

Driver Assist System.....................................................3-104

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System...................................................................3-104

Rear View Monitor...................................................3-108

Surround View Monitoring ......................................3-109

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System......................5-94

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-94

Resetting the System ..................................................5-95

System Standby ..........................................................5-96

System Malfunction ...................................................5-96

Electric Power Steering (EPS)........................................3-20

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).....................................5-19

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-31

Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release..............................3-57

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-12

Exterior Care...................................................................7-62

Exterior Features.............................................................3-42

Hood ...........................................................................3-42

Non-Powered Liftgate ................................................3-43

Power Liftgate ............................................................3-45

Smart Liftgate.............................................................3-51

Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-55

Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release .........................3-57

Exterior Features...........................................................3-175

Roof Side Rails ........................................................3-175

Exterior Lights ................................................................3-89

Exterior Overview.............................................................1-2

Features of FCEV............................................................H10

How to Start the Vehicle.............................................H10

How to Stop the Vehicle .............................................H11

Virtual Engine Sound System.....................................H11

Fuel filler door ............................................................H12

Warning and indicator lights.......................................H15

LCD Display Messages ..............................................H16

FCEV mode ................................................................H21

When the high voltage battery is weak ......................H25

If the 12 volt battery is discharged .............................H25

Emergency while driving............................................H26

Floor Mat Anchor(s) .....................................................3-171

Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) System.......5-39

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-39

FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-41

FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front View Camera).........5-44

System Malfunction ...................................................5-46

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-47

Index

E

F

I-5

Front Seats ........................................................................2-6

Front Windshield Washers ............................................3-102

Front Windshield Wipers ..............................................3-101

Fuel Cell Power Module Compartment............................1-6

Fuel cell power module compartment ..............................7-3

Fuel Filler Door ..............................................................3-55

Fuel cell stack....................................................................H4

Fuses ...............................................................................7-45

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-46

Fuel cell power module compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........................................7-47

Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-49

Glove Box .....................................................................3-162

Good Braking Practices ..................................................5-36

Hazard Warning Flasher ...................................................6-2

Head Restraints ...............................................................2-13

Heated Steering Wheel ...................................................3-22

High pressure hydrogen storage tanks ..............................H5

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .....................................5-36

Hood................................................................................3-42

Horn ................................................................................3-21

If the 12 Volt Battery is Discharged .................................6-5

Before Jump Starting....................................................6-5

Jump Starting................................................................6-6

If the Vehicle Overheats....................................................6-9

If the Vehicle Will Not Start .............................................6-4

If You Have a Flat Tire (With Tire Mobility Kit)...........6-17

Immobilizer System..........................................................3-9

Important Safety Precautions............................................2-2

Always Wear Your Seat Belt ........................................2-2

Restrain All Children....................................................2-2

Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2

Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2

Control Your Speed ......................................................2-3

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-3

In Case of an Emergency While Driving .........................6-2

If an accident occurs.....................................................6-2

If a fire occurs ..............................................................6-3

Emergency venting of hydrogen gas............................6-3

If a submersion in water occurs ...................................6-3

If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing .............6-3

If you have a flat tire while driving .............................6-4

If the vehicle stalls while driving.................................6-4

Inside Rearview Mirror...................................................3-23

I

Index

G

H

I

I-6

Instrument Cluster...........................................................3-58

Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-59

Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-59

Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-65

LCD Display Messages..............................................3-76

Instrument Panel Overview ..............................................1-5

Interior Care....................................................................7-67

Interior Features ............................................................3-163

Cup Holder ...............................................................3-163

Sunvisor....................................................................3-164

Power Outlet.............................................................3-165

AC Inverter...............................................................3-166

USB Charger ............................................................3-168

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-168

Clock ........................................................................3-170

Coat Hook ................................................................3-171

Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-171

Luggage Net Holder .................................................3-172

Cargo Security Screen..............................................3-173

Interior Overview..............................................................1-4

Introduction of FCEV .......................................................H2

Lane Following Assist (LFA) System ............................5-87

LFA operation.............................................................5-88

Warning message........................................................5-90

Limitations of the system...........................................5-92

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System ..............................5-79

LKA System Operation ..............................................5-80

Warning Light and Message.......................................5-83

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-85

LKA System Function Change ..................................5-86

LCD Display ...................................................................3-81

LCD Display Control .................................................3-81

LCD Display Modes ..................................................3-82

LCD Display Messages (FCEV).....................................H16

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert ..................................5-116

System Setting and Activation .................................5-116

Light bulbs ......................................................................7-57

Headlamp, front center lamp, turn signal lamp, daytime running lamp, parking lamp, side marker replacement .........................................7-58

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-58

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-59

High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-59

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-60

Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-60

Index

L

I-7

Lighting...........................................................................3-89

Exterior Lights............................................................3-89

Welcome System ........................................................3-99

Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-172

Maintenance services ........................................................7-4

Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4

Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Mirrors ............................................................................3-23

Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-23

Side View Mirrors ......................................................3-31

Motor Number ..................................................................8-8

Multimedia system............................................................4-2

USB and iPod port .....................................................4-2

Antenna ........................................................................4-2

Steering wheel audio controls ......................................4-3

Bluetooth Wireless Technology..................................4-4

Audio/Video/Navigation system (AVN) ......................4-4

Non-Powered Liftgate.....................................................3-43

Occupant Classification System (OCS)..........................2-58

Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5

Owner maintenance schedule.......................................7-6

Paddle Shifter (Regenerative Braking Control) .............5-17

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System .......................................................................3-104

Power Brakes ..................................................................5-18

Power Button ....................................................................5-6

POWER Button Positions ............................................5-7

Starting the Vehicle ......................................................5-9

Turning Off the Vehicle..............................................5-10

Power Liftgate.................................................................3-45

Power Outlet .................................................................3-165

Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/ Rear Cross-traffic Collision-avoidance Assist (RCCA)........................................................................5-67

System Description ....................................................5-67

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-68

Warning and System Control .....................................5-69

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-73 I

Index

M

N

O

P

R

I-8

Rear Seats .......................................................................2-10

Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-108

Rear Window Wiper and Washer..................................3-103

Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-6

Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ..................................5-121

Reduction Gear ...............................................................5-11

Reduction Gear Operation..........................................5-11

Parking........................................................................5-13

LCD Display Messages..............................................5-13

Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-16

Refrigerant Label ..............................................................8-8

Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ..........................3-112

Operating Condition .................................................3-113

Non-operating Condition..........................................3-114

Limitations of the System ........................................3-115

How the System Works (Smart Parking) .................3-119

How the System Works (Remote Smart Parking)....3-126

How the System Works (Smart Exit) .......................3-130

How the System Works (Remote Moving Forward/Backward) ..................3-137

Additional Instructions (Messages)..........................3-142

Turn signal Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation..........................................................3-143

Smart Key Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation..........................................................3-144

Link with other Systems ..........................................3-145

Reporting Safety Defects ................................................8-10

Roof Side Rails .............................................................3-175

Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7

Normal Maintenance Schedule ....................................7-8

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions...........7-10

Seat Belt Restraint System .............................................2-24

Seat Belt Warning Light .................................................2-22

Seat Belts ........................................................................2-21

Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-21

Seat Belt Warning Light .............................................2-22

Seat Belt Restraint System.........................................2-24

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-32

Care of Seat Belts.......................................................2-35

Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats .........................2-17

Seats ..................................................................................2-4

Safety Precautions ........................................................2-5

Front Seats....................................................................2-6

Rear Seats ...................................................................2-10

Head Restraints ..........................................................2-13

Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats.....................2-17

Side View Mirrors...........................................................3-31

Smart Cruise Control With Stop & Go System..............5-98

Smart Cruise Control Switch .....................................5-99

To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ..5-100

To Convert to Cruise Control Mode ........................5-100

Smart Cruise Control Speed.....................................5-101

Index

S

I-9

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-105

Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead......5-108

Limitations of the System ........................................5-110

Smart Key .........................................................................3-3

Smart Liftgate .................................................................3-51

Snow Tires ......................................................................7-42

Special Driving Conditions...........................................5-118

Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-118

Rocking the Vehicle..................................................5-118

Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-119

Driving at Night........................................................5-119

Driving in the Rain...................................................5-119

Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-120

Highway Driving......................................................5-120

Reducing the Risk of a Rollover..............................5-121

Stack cooling coolant......................................................7-16

Checking the Coolant Level.......................................7-16

Changing Coolant.......................................................7-18

Steering Wheel................................................................3-20

Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-20

Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering.................................3-21

Horn............................................................................3-21

Heated Steering Wheel...............................................3-22

Storage Compartment ...................................................3-162

Center Console Storage............................................3-162

Glove Box ................................................................3-162

Sunroof............................................................................3-37

Sunroof Opening and Closing....................................3-38

Sliding the Sunroof ....................................................3-38

Tilting the Sunroof .....................................................3-39

Sunshade.....................................................................3-39

Resetting the Sunroof .................................................3-40

Sunroof Open Warning...............................................3-41

Sunvisor ........................................................................3-164

Surround View Monitoring...........................................3-109

The components of FCEV.................................................H3

FCEV system module ...................................................H4

High pressure hydrogen storage tanks..........................H5

Battery system ..............................................................H5

Theft-Alarm System .......................................................3-19

Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering .....................................3-21

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .....................6-11

Check Tire Pressure....................................................6-11

Tire Pressure Monitoring System...............................6-12

Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-13

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ..................................................................6-13

TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-14

Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-15

Tire Specification and Pressure Label ..............................8-8 I

Index

T

I-10

Tires and wheels ......................................................7-29, 8-4

Tire Care.....................................................................7-29

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-30

Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-31

Tire Rotation...............................................................7-32

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-33

Tire Replacement........................................................7-33

Wheel Replacement....................................................7-34

Tire Traction ...............................................................7-34

Tire Maintenance........................................................7-34

Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-34

Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-38

All Season Tires .........................................................7-42

Summer Tires .............................................................7-42

Snow Tires..................................................................7-42

Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-42

Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-43

Towing ............................................................................6-24

Towing Service...........................................................6-24

Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-25

Emergency Towing.....................................................6-26

Trailer Towing...............................................................5-131

Trip Computer.................................................................3-85

USB Charger.................................................................3-168

Vehicle Certification Label ...............................................8-7

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...............................8-7

Vehicle Load Limit .......................................................5-126

Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-126

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-34

Volume and Weight...........................................................8-5

Washer fluid ....................................................................7-20

Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-20

Welcome System.............................................................3-99

Windows .........................................................................3-33

Power Windows..........................................................3-34

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging .........................3-157

Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System) .....3-159

Rear Window Defroster............................................3-160

Winter Driving ..............................................................5-122

Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-122

Winter Precautions ...................................................5-124

Index

U

V

W

I-11

Wiper blades ...................................................................7-24

Blade Inspection.........................................................7-24

Blade Replacement.....................................................7-24

Wipers and Washers......................................................3-101

Front Windshield Wipers..........................................3-101

Front Windshield Washers........................................3-102

Rear Window Wiper and Washer ...

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the Base Hyundai works, you can view and download the Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Hyundai Base as well as other Hyundai manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Hyundai Base. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Hyundai Nexo Base 2019 SUV Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.